Download - LTE TDd Radio Interface
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 1/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 1/3
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
Site
Shanghai ALCATEL-LUCENT MAD
Originator(s) LTE TDD Radio Interface
LTE TDD Radio Interface split to two parts:1st part: LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification P1~P702nd part: LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification P71 ~ P133
Site Shanghai
ALCATEL-LUCENT MAD
Originator(s) LTE TDD Demo Downlink
Specification(step 0)
Domain : eNodeB
Rubric : LTE
Type : Sub System Implementation Proposal
Distribution Codes Internal : External :
PREDISTRIBUTION:
...
...
ABSTRACT
This document specifies the LTE TDD downlink physical layer for Alcatel-Lucent SBell’s LTE TDD Demo system.S0(step 0).
This specification is developed based on Alcatel-Lucent’s LTE prototype system in PhaseD2.4 and aims at a joint integration step with UE partners.
The major downlink features of LTE TDD Demo S0 are:- 10MHz bandwidth- support LTE TDD UL/DL allocation configuration 5- Adaptation of 3GPP numerology (1ms subframe)- Adaptation of Rel. 8 coding chain (QPP interleaver)- Adaptation of Rel. 8 reference and synchronisation signal positions- Adaptive SISO with QPSK, 16QAM and 64QAM modulation:
o Link adaptation using CQI signalled in UL not supported at S0o HARQ using ACK/NACK signalled in ULo Enhanced scheduling (GBR/non-GBR, frequency-selective/diverse) not
supported at S0o 2Tx diversity (SFBC) not supported at S0
- Static 2x2 MIMO (not supported at S0) with QPSK, 16QAM and 64QAM modulation:
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 2/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 2/3
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
o Dual-stream 2-codeword single-user MIMO (SU-MIMO)o Dual-stream 2-codeword multi-user MIMO (MU-MIMO)
- L1/L2 control signalling:o DL scheduling grants for initial and retransmissionso UL scheduling grants and power control for initial transmissionso UL time advance correctiono System frame number (SFN)o DL ACK/NACK for UL HARQ
- Up to 2 users in single cell with aggregate data rates of up to 19Mbps indownlink[TFRC51]
- Trial network with up to 1 eNB with up to 1 sector per eNB
The higher layer protocol aspects are specified in a companion document.
Approvals
Name
App.
Herold Bernd Zhang J ianlin Li Chunting
Name
App.
TPL TPL R&D director
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 3/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 3/3
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
REVIEW
Ed. 01 Proposal 01 2008-05-16Ed. 01 Proposal 02 2008-05-21Ed. 01 Proposal 03 2008-06-10
Ed. 01 Proposal 04 2008-06-27
HISTORY
Ed01P01 16-May-08 First proposal of LTE TDD Demo DownlinkSpecification(step 0) based on Alcatel-Lucent’s LTEprototype system in Phase D2.4
Ed01P02 21-May-08 Modified according to internal commentsEd01P03 10-J une-08 Modified according to Thomas’s commentsEd01P04 27-June-08 Modified according to “Memo of LTE TDD Demo
specification step0”Ed01Rel 28-J uly-08 Release based on Ed01P04
INTERNAL REFERENCED DOCUMENTS
Not applicable.
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
Not applicable.
Co-authors of this paper are:
Not applicable.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 4/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 1/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l . Sub System Implementation Proposal
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 REFERENCED DOCUMENTS ........................................................................................6
2 RELATED DOCUMENTS................................................................................................6
3 OVERVIEW......................................................................................................................6
3.1 Physical Layer Parameters ....................................................................................7
3.2 Physical Channels and Signals .............................................................................8
3.3 Downlink Transmission Chain ..............................................................................8
3.4 Cell Ident if ication ....................................................................................................8
4 DOWNLINK STRUCTURE ..............................................................................................9
4.1 Time Domain Structure[12][13] .............................................................................9
4.2 Time and Frequency Domain Structure..............................................................10
5 REFERENCE SIGNALS ................................................................................................11
5.1 Physical Resource Mapping ................................................................................12
5.2 Sequence Generation ...........................................................................................14
5.2.1 Pseudo-Random Sequence Generation..................................................15
6 SYNCHRONISATION SIGNALS ...................................................................................16
6.1 Primary Synchronisation Signal..........................................................................18
6.1.1 Physical Resource Mapping....................................................................18
6.1.2 Sequence Generation..............................................................................18
6.2 Secondary Synchronisation Signals...................................................................18
6.2.1 Physical Resource Mapping....................................................................18
6.2.2 Sequence Generation..............................................................................19
6.2.2.1 eNB-Specific Short Codes..............................................................19
6.2.2.2 eNB-Specific Scrambling Codes.....................................................19
6.2.2.3 Sector-Specific Scrambling Codes .................................................20
6.2.2.4 Sector-Specific Scrambling and Interleaving..................................20
7 PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL ...........................................................21
7.1 Downlink Scheduling Grants ...............................................................................22
7.1.1 Message Contents...................................................................................22
7.1.1.1 Message Type Indicator .................................................................22
7.1.1.2 Resource Assignment.....................................................................22
7.1.1.3 Duration of Assignment..................................................................24
7.1.1.4 Multiple Antenna Related Information.............................................24 7.1.1.5 Modulation Scheme........................................................................25
7.1.1.6 Payload Size...................................................................................25
7.1.1.7 Hybrid ARQ Process Number.........................................................26
7.1.1.8 Redundancy Version ......................................................................26
7.1.1.9 New Data Indicator.........................................................................27
7.1.1.10 UE Identity......................................................................................27
7.1.2 Coding, Modulation and Physical Resource Mapping .............................27
7.1.2.1 Payload Mux...................................................................................28
7.1.2.2 UE Specific CRC Attachment.........................................................29
7.1.2.3 Channel Coding..............................................................................29
7.1.2.4 Rate Matching.................................................................................29
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 5/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 2/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
7.1.2.5 Block Interleaver.............................................................................29
7.1.2.6 Cell-Specific Scrambling.................................................................30
7.1.2.7 QPSK Modulation...........................................................................31
7.1.2.8 Physical Resource Mapping...........................................................31
7.1.3 Repetition Option for Coverage Extension...............................................32
7.2 Uplink Scheduling Grants ....................................................................................32
7.2.1 Message Contents...................................................................................32
7.2.1.1 Message Type Indicator .................................................................33
7.2.1.2 Resource Assignment.....................................................................33
7.2.1.3 Duration of Assignment..................................................................34
7.2.1.4 Scheduling Information Request.....................................................34
7.2.1.5 Modulation Scheme........................................................................34
7.2.1.6 Payload Size...................................................................................34
7.2.1.7 MU-MIMO Pairing Indicator............................................................35
7.2.1.8 Transmission Power.......................................................................35
7.2.1.9 ACK/NACK Indicator.......................................................................37
7.2.1.10 UE Identity......................................................................................37
7.2.2 Coding, Modulation and Physical Resource Mapping .............................37 7.3 Uplink Time Advance Correction ........................................................................37
7.3.1 Message Contents...................................................................................38
7.3.1.1 Message Type Indicator .................................................................38
7.3.1.2 Time Adjust.....................................................................................38
7.3.1.3 Spare Bits .......................................................................................38
7.3.1.4 UE Group Identity...........................................................................38
7.3.2 Coding, Modulation and Physical Resource Mapping .............................39
7.4 System Frame Number Update............................................................................39
7.4.1 Message Contents...................................................................................39
7.4.1.1 Message Type and Purpose Indicators..........................................40
7.4.1.2 System Frame Number...................................................................40
7.4.1.3 Spare Bits .......................................................................................40 7.4.1.4 Cell Identity.....................................................................................40
7.4.2 Coding, Modulation and Physical Resource Mapping .............................40
7.5 DL ACK/NACK .......................................................................................................40
7.5.1 Coding and Modulation............................................................................41
7.5.2 Physical Resource mapping ....................................................................41
7.6 UE Procedures ......................................................................................................43
7.6.1 Scheduling Grants ...................................................................................43
7.6.2 UL Time Advance Correction...................................................................44
7.6.3 System Frame Number Update ...............................................................44
7.6.4 DL ACK/NACK .........................................................................................45
8 PHYSICAL DOWNLINK SHARED CHANNEL..............................................................46 8.1 Resource Assignment and User Multiplexing....................................................47
8.2 RLC/MAC PDU Formats........................................................................................47
8.3 Transport Formats ................................................................................................48
8.4 Coding Chain ........................................................................................................48
8.4.1 CRC Attachment......................................................................................50
8.4.2 Bit Scrambling..........................................................................................50
8.4.3 Code Block Segmentation .......................................................................50
8.4.4 Channel Encoding....................................................................................50
8.4.5 Hybrid ARQ (Rate Matching) ...................................................................51
8.4.6 Resource Segmentation..........................................................................51
8.4.7 PDSCH Interleaving.................................................................................52
8.4.8 Physical Resource Concatenation for PDSCH ........................................55
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 6/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 3/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
8.5 Modulation and Physical Resource Mapping.....................................................55
8.5.1 UE-Specific Scrambling...........................................................................55
8.5.2 Constellation Re-Arrangement for 16QAM/64QAM.................................56
8.5.3 Modulation Mapper..................................................................................57
8.5.4 Spatial Multiplexing..................................................................................57
8.5.4.1 SISO Case......................................................................................57
8.5.4.2 2Tx Diversity (MISO) ......................................................................57
8.5.4.3 MIMO Precoding.............................................................................58
8.5.5 Physical Resource Mapping....................................................................58
9 DOWNLINK TIMING......................................................................................................58
9.1 HARQ Timing ........................................................................................................58
9.1.1 DL HARQ Timing Relationship ................................................................59
10 GLOSSARY ...................................................................................................................62
11 APPENDIX – RESOURCE MAPPING EXAMPLE ........................................................63
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 7/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 4/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1: Frame struc ture type 2 (for 10 ms switch-point periodicity). 9
Figure 2: Mapping of downlink reference signals in 10MHz BW case for 0=hop
f . 13
Figure 3: Mapping of downlink reference signals in 10MHz BW case for 5=hop f . 14
Figure 4: Feedback shif t register for cell-specific pseudo-random sequence. 16
Figure 5: Time domain struc ture of synchronisation signals(pre-delivery). 17
Figure 6: Time domain struc ture of synchronisation signals(final delivery). 17
Figure 7: Example of resource assignment in 10MHz BW case. 24
Figure 8: PDCCH coding, modulation and physical resource mapping. 28
Figure 9: PDCCH block interleaver. 30
Figure 10: Feedback shift register for cell-specific scrambling. 31
Figure 11: RLC/MAC PDU header. 48
Figure 12: Coding chain for PDSCH (modif ied from [4]). 49
Figure 13: PDSCH interleaver structure for 64QAM. 53 Figure 14: PDSCH block interleaver structure. 54
Figure 15: Feedback shift register for UE-specific scrambling sequence. 56
Figure 16: HARQ process number for uplink-downlink allocations configuration 5 60
Figure 17: normal downlink subframe(w/o sync signals) physical resource
mapping example for the 10MHz BW 64
Figure 18: Subframe1 physical resource mapping example for the 10MHz BW 65
Figure 19: Subframe6 physical resource mapping example for the 10MHz BW 68
LIST OF TABLES
Table 1: Downlink physical layer parameters. 7
Table 2: Supported downlink physical channels and signals. 8
Table 3: Uplink-downlink allocations 9
Table 4: Lengths of DwPTS/GP/UpPTS 10
Table 5: Frequency domain parameters for LTE DL. 10
Table 6: Interpretation of resource assignment in 10MHz BW case. 23
Table 7: Signalling of modulation scheme. 25
Table 8: Redundancy version coding for QPSK. 26
Table 9: Redundancy version coding for 16QAM and 64QAM. 26
Table 10: Coding of MU-MIMO pairing indicator. 35
Table 11: Power offset signalling for accumulated PUSCH power control. 37 Table 12: Orthogonal sequences of length 16. 41
Table 13: Ac tive subcarrier indices k for DL ACK/NACK channel elements in 10MHzBW. 42
Table 14: Example block sizes in coding chain. 50
Table 15: Constellation re-arrangement for 64QAM. 57
Table 16: Maximum number of UL/DL HARQ processes 59
Table 17: k for TDD configuration 5 59
Table 18:Uplink ACK/NACK timing index k for TDD 60 - Table 19: HARQK for for uplink-downlink allocations configuration 5 61
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 8/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 5/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
LIST OF OPEN POINTS:
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 9/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 6/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
1 REFERENCED DOCUMENTS
[1] 3GPP TS 36.211 V8.1.0 (2007-11) "Physical Channels and Modulation (Release 8)”[2] D. Hartmann / F. Pelizza (ALU), LTE IP Traffic Concept, Phase D2.4, Ed01P03,
2007-12-03[3] LTE TDD Demo Transport Formats, step 0, Ed01P01, 2008-06-10[4] 3GPP TS 25.212 V6.10.0 (2006-12) “Multiplexing and Channel Coding (Release 6)”[5] 3GPP TS 36.212 V1.0.0 (2007-03) “Multiplexing and Channel Coding (Release 8)”[6] Alcatel-Lucent, Flexible Channel Interleaver for E-UTRA, 3GPP R1-071426, Mar.
2007 and 3GPP R1-072046, May 2007[7] V. Braun (ALU R&I), LTE Uplink, Prototype Phase D2.4, Detailed Specification,
Ed02P02, 2008-02-22 [8] 3GPP TS36.213 V8.1.0 (2007-11) “Physical Layer Procedures (Release 8)”[9] V. Braun (ALU R&I), LTE Cell Planning, Prototype Phase D2.4, Ed01P07, 2008-02-
06[10] 3GPP 36.104-810,” Base Station (BS) radio transmission and reception”
[11] LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification(step 0)_ Ed01Rel
[12] 3GPP TS 36.211 V8.2.0 (2008-3) "Physical Channels and Modulation (Release8)”
[13] 3GPP R1-082239 ,” Correction of the description of frame structure type 2”
[14] 3GPP R1-081124,”Way forward for TDD HARQ process”
[15] 3GPP R1-081582,” UL ACK/NACK timing for TDD”
[16] Memo of LTE TDD Demo specification step0
[17] V. Braun (ALU R&I), LTE Uplink, Prototype Phase D2.4, Detailed Specification,Ed02P04, 2008-03-10
2 RELATED DOCUMENTS
The following related documents will be provided during the LTE prototype Phase D2.
[R1] V. Braun (ALU R&I), LTE Downlink, Prototype Phase D2, Top Level Specification[R2] “, LTE Uplink, Prototype Phase D2, Top Level Specification[R3] “, LTE Feature List, Prototype Phase D2 (Excel sheet)[R4] ALU, RLC/MAC Design for LTE, Prototype Phase D2.x, Detailed Specification
3 OVERVIEW
The major LTE TDD Demo downlink features of step0 are:- 10MHz bandwidth- support LTE TDD UL/DL allocation configuration 5- Adaptation of 3GPP numerology (1ms subframe)- Adaptation of Rel. 8 coding chain (QPP interleaver)- Adaptation of Rel. 8 reference and synchronisation signal positions- Adaptive SISO with QPSK, 16QAM and 64QAM modulation:
o Link adaptation using CQI signalled in UL not supported at S0o HARQ using ACK/NACK signalled in ULo Enhanced scheduling (GBR/non-GBR, frequency-selective/diverse) not
supported at S0o 2Tx diversity (SFBC) not supported at S0
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 10/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 7/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
- Static 2x2 MIMO(not supported at S0) with QPSK, 16QAM and 64QAM modulation:o Dual-stream 2-codeword single-user MIMO (SU-MIMO)o Dual-stream 2-codeword multi-user MIMO (MU-MIMO)
- L1/L2 control signalling:o DL scheduling grants for initial and retransmissionso UL scheduling grants and power control for initial transmissionso UL time advance correctiono System frame number (SFN)o DL ACK/NACK for UL HARQ
- Up to 2 users in single cell with aggregate data rates of up to 19Mbps indownlink[TFRC51][16]
- Trial network with up to 1 eNB with up to 1 sector in the eNB- PDSCH on Special subframe is not supported in S0.
The remainder of this section gives a brief overview of the major physical layer parameters,the supported physical channels and signals and the DL transmission chain.
The numerology and notation follow the status of 3GPP WG RAN1 Version 8.1.0 specs asagreed by 3GPP RAN1#52 meeting (Sorrento, Feb. 2008).
3.1 Physical Layer Parameters
The major physical layer parameters are summarised in Table 1.
Table 1: Downlink physical layer parameters.
Parameter Valuein 10MHz BW
Comment
Transmission bandwidth 10MHzCarrier Frequency 2300MHz 3GPP Band class 40[10]Subcarrier spacing 15kHzSampling frequency 15.36MHzIFFT/FFT size 1024 samplesNumber of activesubcarriers
600 Centered around DC subcarrierDC subcarrier not counted and notallocated
Frame length 10ms Generic frame structure for TDDSubframe length 1ms
Slot length 0.5msCyclic prefix length (us,samples)
(5.21/80) x 1(4.69/72) x 6
Normal cyclic prefix
Number of OFDMsymbols per slot
7 Normal cyclic prefix
Number of consecutivesubcarriers per resourceunit
12
Number of resource unitsper subframe
50
Number of antenna ports 1 1 for SISO
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 11/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 8/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
3.2 Physical Channels and Signals
The supported physical channels and signals together with supported modulation schemesare summarised in Table 2.
Table 2: Supported downlink physical channels and signals.
Physical Channels Modulation Scheme Comment
Physical Downlink SharedChannel PDSCH
QPSK, 16QAM, 64QAM Carries data from higher layers
Physical Downlink ControlChannel PDCCH
BPSK (ACK/NACK)QPSK (else)
L1/L2 control channel
Physical Signals Modulation Scheme Comment
Reference Signal BPSK Required for demodulation andmeasurements
Synchronisation Signals Zadoff-Chu (primary)BPSK (secondary)
Required to derive frame andsymbol timing, and cell ID
The transmission power of PDCCH, reference signals and synchronisation signals shall beconstant and separately configurable by using power offsets relative to a fixed referencepower per resource element. The transmission power of PDSCH used for transmission to aUE may be adaptive on a subframe basis.
The power step size shall be 0.1dB, and the power offsets shall have the followingparameter range and default values:
- The non-zero resource elements of the reference signal shall be transmitted with apower offset of 0…6dB versus the reference power (default 3dB).
- The non-zero resource elements of the synchronisation signal shall be transmittedwith a power offset of –3…+6dB versus the reference power (default 0dB).
- Resource elements used for PDCCH shall be transmitted with a power offset of –
10…+6dB versus the reference power (default 0dB).- Resource elements used for PDSCH shall be transmitted with a power offset of –20…+6dB versus the reference power (default 0dB).
Within a subframe, all non-zero resource elements of a physical channel or signal that aretransmitted to a UE are transmitted with the same power.
3.3 Downlink Transmission Chain
The physical channels and signals are multiplexed in the frequency domain, transformed
into the time domain by using an IFFT, and cyclic prefix is inserted in the time domain, asdescribed in [1].
Unused resource elements shall be filled with zeros.
Windowing (in time domain) is not applied (i.e. rectangular window is applied for eachOFDM symbol).
3.4 Cell Identif ication
A single-cellular trial network shall be deployed, where this cell use 10MHz BW.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 12/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 9/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
Only one cell shall be supported by the trial network, denoted by the Cell ID (0).
Only one eNB shall be supported by the trial network, denoted by the eNB ID (0). The eNBID is also called the Cell Group ID.
Only one sector shall be supported per eNB, denoted by the Sector ID (0). The Sector ID isalso called the Partial Cell Group ID.
A cell is defined as a sector at a certain carrier frequency, and the Cell ID is given by thecombination of eNB ID and Sector ID according to Cell ID = Sector ID +3x eNB ID, asdefined in §6.11 of [1].
The mapping of UL/DL parameters to the cell IDs is summarized in a cell planning sheet [9].
4 DOWNLINK STRUCTURE
This section briefly describes the time and frequency domain structures of the LTE downlink.
4.1 Time Domain Structure[12][13]
The frame structure type 2 for TDD with normal prefix is applied as illustrated in Figure 1
Figure 1: Frame structure type 2 (for 10 ms sw itch-point periodicity).
Time units ( )2048150001s ×=T seconds .
A frame is divided into 2 half-frame of length 5ms(half-frame #0, #1). The first half-frameconsists of eight slots of length ms5.015360 sslot =⋅= T T and three special fields, DwPTS, GP,
and UpPTS. The second half-frame consists of ten slots of length ms5.015360 sslot =⋅= T T .A frame is divided into 10 subframes of length 1ms (subframe #0, …subframe #9),subframes 0 and 5 and DwPTS are always reserved for downlink transmission.
A frame is divided into 20 slots of length 0.5ms (slot #0 … slot #19).
At LTE TDD Demo S0, only UL/DL allocation configuration 5 and DwPTS/GP/UpPTS lengthconfiguration 8 for normal cyclic prefix is supported as shown in Table 3 and Table 4.
Table 3: Uplink-downlink allocations
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 13/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 10/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
Subframe number Configuration
Switch-pointperiodicity
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
5 10 ms D S U D D D D D D D
Table 4: Lengths of DwPTS/GP/UpPTSNormal cyclic prefixConfiguratio
nDwPTS GP UpPTS
8 s24144 T ⋅ s2192 T ⋅ s4384 T ⋅
The configuration 5 of UL/DL allocation is 10 ms switch-point periodicity. In case of 10 msswitch-point periodicity, the special subframe exists in the first half-frame only. UpPTS andthe subframe immediately following the special subframe are always reserved for uplinktransmission.
At LTE TDD Demo S0(UL/DL allocation configuration 5), DwPTS in the special subframe isnot used for PDSCH data transmission. UpPTS is not used for any uplink transmission andsubframe 2 is used for uplink transmission.
A downlink slot carries 7 OFDM symbols when normal cyclic prefix is applied. The OFDMsymbols in a slot are denoted by the time index l = 0,1,…6.
The cyclic prefix length is 80 samples in the first OFDM symbol (l=0) of a slot and 72samples in the remaining six OFDM symbols of a slot in 10 MHz BW, respectively. Theactive part of each OFDM symbol uses 1024 samples in 10 MHz BW.
4.2 Time and Frequency Domain Structure
The time-frequency structure of the LTE downlink is illustrated in the Appendix.
The frequency-domain structure is described here in detail for the 10 MHz BW case, and Table 5 summarises the frequency domain parameters for some bandwidths.
Table 5: Frequency domain parameters for LTE DL.
Parameter 10MHz BWsubcarrier spacing 15kHz#active subcarriers 600active subcarrier index k 0...599IFFT size 1024subcarrier number 0…1023#guard bands at lower band edge 212#guard bands at upper band edge 211smallest used subcarrier number (k=0) 212highest used subcarrier number (k=kmax) 812subcarrier number for DC subcarrier 512#RUs per subframe 50RU index 0…49
#RUPs per subframe 25
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 14/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 11/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
RUP index 0…24#RUQs per subframe 13RUQ index 0…12
In the frequency domain, there are 600 active subcarriers around the DC subcarrier,denoted by the active subcarrier index k, k=0,1,…599.
The DC subcarrier is not used for downlink transmission, and no value of k is associatedwith the DC subcarrier (as in [1]).
The IFFT size is 1024 samples over 1024 possible subcarriers denoted by the subcarriernumber 0,1,…1023.
Among the 1024 subcarriers only 600 are active, with guard bands of 212(211) subcarriersat the lower (upper) edge of the frequency band.
The first active subcarrier with index k=0 corresponds to the subcarrier number 212, and thelast active subcarrier with index k=599 corresponds to the subcarrier number 812(212+599+1 for DC). The DC subcarrier corresponds to the subcarrier number 512.
A Resource Unit (RU) is defined to cover 12 consecutive subcarriers over a duration of onesubframe, i.e. an RU includes 12x14 = 168 resource elements. The RU is the smallest entitythat can be addressed by the eNB scheduling. There are 50 RUs per subframe in 10MHzBW, numbered RU #0 … RU #49. (Note that a resource unit corresponds to two resourceblocks, consecutive in time, as defined in [1]. The term resource block will not be used in thesequel.)
Further, we define a Resource Unit Pair (RUP) given by two adjacent resource units RU #iand RU #(i+1), where i is even. The RUPs are numbered RUP #0 … RUP #24.
In 10MHz BW case, we further define a Resource Unit Quadruple (RUQ) by four adjacentresource units RU #i, RU #(i+1), RU #(i+2) and RU #(i+3), where i mod 4 = 0. The RUQs arenumbered RUQ #0 … RUQ #12, where in 10MHz BW case RUQ #12 consists of two RUs#48 and #49 only.
Note that the number of resource elements per RU used for reference signals is fixed andequals 16, so 12x14-16 = 152 resource elements per RU are available for carrying data orcontrol signals (if not used for synchronisation signal).
5 REFERENCE SIGNALS
Cell-specific reference signals are transmitted by eNB to assist demodulation andmeasurements by the UE.
The physical resource mapping of reference signals follows Section 6.10.1.2 of [1] for thecase that the number of supported downlink antenna ports always equals 2 (also in 1Txcase where the actual number of used antenna ports is 1, which is antenna port #0). In S0stage, only 1Tx case is supported.
The UE shall be configurable to perform channel estimation and measurements (CQI, pathloss, cell search) based on the reference signal transmitted by eNB from antenna port #0.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 15/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 12/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
In SU-MIMO and 2Tx diversity (SFBC) cases, the UE shall be configurable to performchannel estimation based on the reference signals transmitted by eNB from both antennaports #0 and #1. (Alternatively, the UE may detect the SU-MIMO case from the DLscheduling grants received on PDCCH.) In S0 stage, SU-MIMO and 2Tx diversity (SFBC)are not supported.
The sequence generation follows the 3GPP agreements of RAN1#52 (Sorrento)meeting(3GPP R1-081106). In LTE TDD demo S0, the cell-specific pseudo-randomsequence is used.
The physical resource mapping of downlink reference signals is illustrated in the Appendix.
5.1 Physical Resource Mapping
The mapping of downlink reference signals for LTE TDD frame structure with normal cyclicprefix is applied, where the number of downlink antenna ports equals two.
This mapping is as in [1] with const vshift = , i.e. no frequency hopping is applied. A fixed
value of }5,,1,0{ K∈= hopshift f v shall be configurable, and for transmission from different
eNBs different values of hop f shall be used.
The frequency shift valuehop f is tied to the cell ID to be used in the trial network according
to =hop f cell ID.[16]
In step0, there is only one cell, and only cell-id=0 will be tested. If not stated otherwise, theillustrations in this document assume 0=hop f for the sake of simplicity.
Figure 2 and Figure 3 illustrate the resource elements used for reference symbol
transmission in 10MHz BW case for 0=hop f and 5=hop f , respectively. The
notation K,, 1,0, p p p R R R = is used to denote the sequence of resource elements used per
slot for reference symbol transmission on antenna port }1,0{, ∈ p p .
Resource elements used for reference signal transmission on any of the antenna ports in aslot shall not be used for any transmission on any other antenna port in the same slot.
In 1Tx case, R0 is transmitted from antenna port p=0 and R1 is set to zero for antenna portp=0.
In 2Tx case (not supported at LTE TDD Demo S0), R0 is transmitted from antenna portp=0 and R0 is set to zero for antenna port p=1. Likewise, R1 is transmitted from antenna portp=1 and R1 is set to zero for antenna port p=0.
Note that in the frequency domain, the distance between consecutive reference symbolscontained in the same OFDM symbol equals 6 subcarriers (6x15kHz), except around the DCsubcarrier where it equals 7 subcarriers (7x15kHz).
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 16/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 13/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
R1,100R0,200
R0,300
R0,201
R0,298
R0,299
R0,301
R0,398
R0,399
R0,100
R0,1
R0,0
R0,98
R0,99
R0,101
R0,198
R0,199
i n d e x k : „ F r e q u e n c y “ ( 6 0 0 s u b - c a r r i e r s )
s u b - c a r r i e r n u m b e r ( s t a r t c o u n t i n g
f r o m z e r o )
index l : „Time“ (2 x 7 OFDM symbols)
1 sub frame =1 ms
1 slot =0.5 ms (even) 1 slot =0.5 ms (odd)
reference symbols
idle symbols =zeros (unused reference symbol positions)
ak,l
resource elements not used for reference signals
431 4 30 160 52 5 2 6
1
0
3
2
5
4
7
6
9
8
1 1
1 0
5 8 9
5 8 8
5 9 1
5 9 0
5 9 3
5 9 2
5 9 5
5 9 4
5 9
7
5 9 6
5 9 9
5 9 8
R e s o u r c e U n i t 0
R e s o u r c e U n i t 4 9
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
Antenna port #0
R1,200
R1,300
R1,201
R1,298
R1,299
R1,301
R1,398
R1,399
R1,1
R1,0
R1,98
R1,99
R1,101
R1,198
R1,199
1 sub frame =1 ms
1 slot =0.5 ms (even) 1 slot =0.5 ms (odd)
ak,l 431 4 30 160 52 5 2 6
1
0
3
2
5
4
7
6
9
8
1 1
1 0
5 8 9
5 8 8
5 9 1
5 9 0
5 9 3
5 9 2
5 9 5
5 9 4
5 9
7
5 9 6
5 9 9
5 9 8
R e s o u r c e U n i t 0
R e s o u r c e U n i t 4 9
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
Antenna port #1
index l : „Time“ (2 x 7 OFDM symbols)
Figure 2: Mapping of downlink reference signals in 10MHz BW case for 0=hop f .
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 17/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 14/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
R1,100R0,200
R0,301
R0,201
R0,298
R0,299
R0,398
R0,300
R0,101
R0,1
R0,0
R0,98
R0,99
R0,198
R0,199
R0,100
i n d e x k : „ F r e q u e n c y “ ( 6 0 0 s u b - c a r r i e r s )
s u b - c a r r i e r n u m b e r ( s t a r t c o u n t i n g
f r o m z e r o )
index l : „Time“ (2 x 7 OFDM symbols)
1 sub frame =1 ms
1 slot =0.5 ms (even) 1 slot =0.5 ms (odd)
reference symbols
idle symbols =zeros (unused reference symbol positions)
ak,l
resource elements not used for reference signals
431 4 30 160 52 5 2 6
1
0
3
2
5
4
7
6
9
8
1 1
1 0
5 8 9
5 8 8
5 9 1
5 9 0
5 9 3
5 9 2
5 9 5
5 9 4
5 9
7
5 9 6
5 9 9
5 9 8
R e s o u r c e U n i t 0
R e s o u r c e U n i t 4 9
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
Antenna port #0
R1,201
R1,300
R1,298
R1,299
R1,200
R1,301
R1,398
R1,399
R1,98
R1,1
R1,99
R1,0
R1,101
R1,198
R1,199
1 sub frame =1 ms
1 slot =0.5 ms (even) 1 slot =0.5 ms (odd)
ak,l 431 4 30 160 52 5 2 6
1
0
3
2
5
4
7
6
9
8
1 1
1 0
5 8 9
5 8 8
5 9 1
5 9 0
5 9 3
5 9 2
5 9 5
5 9 4
5 9
7
5 9 6
5 9 9
5 9 8
R e s o u r c e U n i t 0
R e s o u r c e U n i t 4 9
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
Antenna port #1
index l : „Time“ (2 x 7 OFDM symbols)
R0,399
Figure 3: Mapping of downlink reference signals in 10MHz BW case for 5=hop f .
5.2 Sequence Generation
The sequence generation follows [1] and is obtained by a pseudo-random sequence.
Different sequences are applied in OFDM symbols #0 and #4 of a slot and in even-numbered and odd-numbered slots.
The reference sequence transmitted from antenna port #0 is generated by the followingequations:
),()( nC nC PRS =
where
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 18/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 15/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
- )(nC PRS denotes the pseudo-random sequence,
- ,1,,1,0 −= N n K where 400= N in 10MHz BW case.
The pseudo-random sequences are cell-specific (not eNB-specific).
The symbols of the pseudo-random sequence )(nC PRS are drawn from the BPSK alphabet
}1{± , the reference symbols )(nC are drawn from the same BPSK alphabet }1{± .
The symbols of the sequence )(nC are mapped to the R0 positions of antenna port #0 and
to the R1 positions of antenna port #1. The mapping extends over a full subframe (i.e. over 4OFDM symbols carrying reference symbols) and starts at the smallest active subcarrierindex k and extends to higher subcarrier indices with increasing sequence index n.
The reference symbol positions 1,01,00,00 ,,, −= N R R R R K and 1,11,10,11 ,,, −= N R R R R K are
filled with the reference sequence symbols )(nC in the form
- ),1(,),1(),0( 1,01,00,0 −=== − N C RC RC R N K
- ),1(,),1(),0( 1,11,10,1 −=== − N C RC RC R N K
where 400= N in 10MHz BW case.
Note that no sequence value is mapped to the DC sub-carrier.
5.2.1 Pseudo-Random Sequence Generation
Bipolar cell-specific sequences )(nC PRS are applied, derived from binary Gold sequences,
and the Gold sequence generation is as agreed during 3GPP RAN1#51bis meeting inSevilla, cf. R1-080594.
As agreed during 3GPP RAN1#52 meeting in Sorrento (cf. 3GPP R1-081106), the pseudorandom sequence generator is clocked twice to generate a complex I and Q sample used inthe scrambling of the reference signal. The I bit is generated first followed by the Q bit.However, the Q bits are ignored here and only the I bits are mapped to the referencesequence which is then BPSK modulated.
The initialization of the Gold sequences is as agreed during 3GPP RAN1#52 meeting inSorrento (cf. 3GPP R1-081106), but time-variant input variables are avoided to reduce testeffort (i.e. the variables <Subframe_Num> and <OFDM_Symbol_Num> are replaced by the
cell identifier).
A Gold sequence of length N 2 , 400= N in 10MHz BW case, is generated by modulo-2
addition of the output sequences )(1 n x and )(2 n x of two feedback shift registers of length
31,
,12,,1,0},1,0{)(,2mod ))()(()( 21 −=∈+= N nncn xn xnc K
and the generator polynomials of the binary sequences )(1 n x and )(2 n x are given by
1331 ++ x x and 1
2331 ++++ x x x x , respectively. The generation of the Gold sequence isdepicted in Figure 4 (cf. R1-080318).
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 19/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 16/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
1
x1(n)
x2(n)
c(n)
Init x1: ...
Init x2:
MSB LSB
... xcell,9
(MSB)xcell,1
(LSB)0
0 0
xcell,4...1
(MSB...LSB)0 xcell,4...1
(MSB...LSB)...
Figure 4: Feedback shift register for cell-specific pseudo-random sequence.
The 31 entries of the first shift register are initialized according to:0,1)(1 == nn x (LSB, green in Figure 4),
,300,0)(1 ≤<= nn x (grey in Figure 4).
The second shift register is initialized with
,22 139
cellcellcell X X X ′′′+′′+′
where:
- 9,2,1, ,,,cellcellcellcell x x x X K=′ denotes a shortened 9bit cell identifier (blue in Figure 4),
- 4,2,1, ,,,cellcellcellcellcell x x x X X K=′′′=′′ denote shortened 4bit cell identifiers (yellow and
red in Figure 4, respectively),where we use the index 1 to indicate the LSB. Note that the remaining positions are
initialized with zeros: 3016,0)(2 ≤<= nn x (grey in Figure 4).
The outputs of the shift registers ,30),(),( 21 >nn xn x are iteratively obtained according to:
,2mod ))()3(()31( 111 n xn xn x ++=+
.2mod ))()1()2()3(()31( 22222 n xn xn xn xn x ++++++=+
From the binary Gold sequence )(nc of length N 2 bits, we create the bipolar pseudo-
random sequence )(nC PRS of length N symbols according to:
,1,,1,0},1{)2(21)( −=±∈−= N nncnC PRS
K
where 400= N in 10MHz BW case (i.e. only the even-numbered samples of the Gold
sequence )(nc are taken into account).
6 SYNCHRONISATION SIGNALS
Synchronisation signals are transmitted periodically by eNB from which the UE shall derivetime and frequency synchronisation.
For S0 pre-delivery (S0.1) [ for frame structure 2, configuration 5 in TDD specification, P-SCH and S-SCH are located in subframe#0 (slot#0)and subframe#5(slot #10)(as defined in
[17],see Figure 5).This is only for S0 pre-delivery (S0.1). SCH subframe can only be used
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 20/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 17/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
for PDSCH with 36 RUs, and the subset of 6 contiguous RUs centered around DC (i.e. RUs#22…#27) in 10MHz case are not used for PDSCH transmission, but can be used forPDCCH transmission.][16]
Figure 5: Time domain structure of synchronisation signals(pre-delivery).
But for S0 final delivery the P-SCH and S-SCH location defined bellow for S0 final deliveryhas to be used.
Primary and secondary synchronisation signals are distinguished and they are transmittedeach with a period of 5ms in subframe #0,#1 and subframe #5,#6 of a frame, as in [1]. Thetime domain structure of the synchronisation signals is illustrated in Figure 6.
Figure 6: Time domain structure of synchronisation signals(final delivery).
The synchronisation signals are transmitted from antenna port #0 only.
For S0 in subframes #0, #5,#6 (subframe #1 is special subframe), the subset of 6contiguous RUs centered around DC (i.e. RUs #22…#27) in 10MHz case are not used forPDSCH transmission, but can be used for PDCCH transmission.
The sequence generation and physical resource mapping is compliant with 3GPP Rel. 8 [1].
0.5ms slot
l+1 =
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 21/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 18/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
6.1 Primary Synchronisation Signal
The primary synchronisation signal ( )nd transmitted in a cell has a length of 62 symbols (n
= 0 … 61). The same primary synchronisation signal is used in subframe #1 and subframe#6 of a frame.
6.1.1 Physical Resource Mapping
The primary synchronisation signal is transmitted in the third OFDM symbol (l=2) of the firstslot in subframe #1(special subframes) and #6 of a frame.
The primary synchronisation signal is mapped to 62 active subcarriers (excluding the DCsubcarrier) according to:
261,...,1,02/31)(, ==+−== ln N nk nd a DL
BW lk ,,,
where 600= DL
BW N in 10MHz BW case. Where n= -5,-4,…,-1,62,63,…,66 are reserved andand not used for transmission of the primary synchronization signal .The respectivesubcarrier indices k are given by:
- 269 … 330 in 10MHz BW case.
6.1.2 Sequence Generation
Three Zadoff-Chu sequences of length 62 are defined to be used as primarysynchronization sequences according to
⎩
⎨⎧
=++−
=+−=
,61,,32,31),63/)2)(1(exp(
,30,,1,0),63/)1(exp()(
K
K
nnn M j
nn Mn jnd M
π
π
where }34,29,25{∈ M ( },2,1,1{ nn N n M −∈ where 63,252,291 === N nn ).
3GPP assumes that if the eNB supports multiple sectors on the same carrier, three differentprimary synchronisation signals shall be transmitted in three adjacent sectors. Differentprimary synchronisation sequences can be defined by using different values of M .
The primary synchronisation sequence value M to be used in the trial network is tied to theSector ID according to 34,29,25= M for Sector ID = 0,1,2, respectively [9].
6.2 Secondary Synchronisation Signals
Two different secondary synchronisation signals, denoted by ( )ns1 and ( )ns11 , are used in
slots #1 and #11 of a frame, respectively. Each secondary synchronisation signal has alength of 62 symbols (n = 0 … 61).
6.2.1 Physical Resource Mapping
The secondary synchronisation signal ( )ns1 is transmitted in OFDM symbol l=6 of slot #1 of
a frame.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 22/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 19/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
The secondary synchronisation signal ( )ns11 is transmitted in OFDM symbol l=6 of slot #11
of a frame.
The secondary synchronization signals ( )ns j, ,61,,0K=n are mapped to 62 active
subcarriers (excluding the DC subcarrier) according to:
⎦ ,6,61,,1,0,2/31),(, ==+−== ln N nk nsa DL BW jlk K
where 11/1= j denotes the slot number and 600= DL
BW N in 10MHz BW case. Where n=-5,-
4,…,-1,62,63,…,66 are reserved and and not used for transmission of the secondarysynchronization signal .The respective subcarrier indices k are given by:
- 269 … 330 in 10MHz BW case.
6.2.2 Sequence Generation
3GPP assumes that up to 2x3x168 different secondary synchronisation sequences will beavailable, and that different secondary synchronisation sequences shall be transmitted fromdifferent cells within some geographical area.
Here, the sequence generation is confined to the cell identifiers 0 … 14 and comprises a setof 2x3x5 different secondary synchronisation sequences.
Note that the factor 2 takes into account that different sequences are applied in slots 1/11 of a frame, and the factor 3 takes into account that different sequences are transmitted from(up to 3) different cells of an eNB.
6.2.2.1 eNB-Specific Short Codes
We define a set of 6 short codes ),(nSC i ,5,,1,0K
=i of length 31 by cyclic shifts of a basesequence 0SC according to )31mod )(()( 0 inSC nSC i += , where 30,,1,0 K=n .
The base sequence consists of 31 BPSK symbols and is generated by a linear feedback
shift register defined by the primitive polynomial 125 ++ x x . It is given by:
}.-1,1,-11,-1,-1,1,,-1,-1,1,-1,-1,1,1,1-1,-1,-1,--1,-1,1,1,,1,1,-1,1,1,1,1,1,-1{)(0 =nSC
As an example:
}.,1,-1,1-1,-1,1,-11,-1,1,-1,-1,1,1,1,-,-1,-1,-1,,-1,1,1,-1,1,-1,1,-11,1,1,-1,1{)(1 =nSC
Each eNB is assigned two short codes )(nSC i and )(1 nSC i+ , where eNB X i = and eNB X (0…4) denotes the eNB identifier (also called cell group identifier )1(
ID N ) [9].
Remark: the short codes are denoted as )()(
00 ns
m and )()(
11 ns
m by 3GPP [1].
6.2.2.2 eNB-Specific Scrambling Codes
We define a set of 6 eNB-specific scrambling codes ),(nSCRC i ,5,...,1,0=i of length 31 by
cyclic shifts of a base sequence 0SCRC according to )31mod )(()( 0 inSCRC nSCRC i += ,
where 30,,1,0 K=n .
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 23/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 20/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
The base sequence consists of 31 BPSK symbols and is generated by a linear feedback
shift register defined by the primitive polynomial 1245 ++++ x x x x . It is given by:
}.1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,11,1,1,1{)(0 −−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−=nSCRC
Each eNB is assigned two scrambling codes )(nSCRC i and )(1 nSCRC i+ whereeNB X i =
andeNB X (0…4) denotes the eNB identifier (also called cell group identifier )1(
ID N ) [9].
Remark: the eNB-specific scrambling codes are denoted as )()(
10 n z
m and )()(
11 n z
m by 3GPP
[1].
6.2.2.3 Sector-Specific Scrambling Codes
We define a set of 6 sector-specific scrambling codes ),(nSSCRC k ,5,...,1,0=k of length 31
by cyclic shifts of a base sequence 0SSCRC according to
)31mod )(()( 0 k nSSCRC nSSCRC k +=
, where 30,,1,0K=
n .
The base sequence consists of 31 BPSK symbols and is generated by a linear feedback
shift register defined by the primitive polynomial 135 ++ x x . It is given by:
}.1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,11,1,1,1{)(0 −−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−=nSSCRC
Each sector of an eNB is assigned two sector-specific scrambling codes )(nSSCRC k and
)(3 nSSCRC k + , where Sector X k = and Sector X (0…2) denotes the sector identifier (also called
partial cell group identifier )2(
ID N ) [9].
Remark: the sector-specific scrambling codes are denoted as )(0 nc and )(1 nc by 3GPP [1].
6.2.2.4 Sector-Specific Scrambling and Interleaving
The secondary synchronization signal ( )ns j, ,61,,0K=n transmitted in slot 11/1= j of a
frame consists of 62 BPSK symbols.
It is obtained by element-by-element interleaving of two sequences )(ma jand )(mb j
,
,30,,0K=m each consisting of 31 BPSK symbols:
)}.30(),30(,),1(),1(),0(),0({)( j j j j j j j bababans K=
For the secondary synchronisation signal ( )ns1 transmitted in slot #1 of a frame, we use:
- )()()(1 mSSCRC mSC ma k i ⊗= ,
- )()()()( 311 mSCRC mSSCRC mSC mb ik i ⊗⊗= ++ ,
where ⊗ denotes the element-by-element multiplication scrambling operation.
For the secondary synchronisation signal ( )ns11 transmitted in slot #11 of a frame, we use:
- )()()( 111 mSSCRC mSC ma k i ⊗= + ,
- )()()()( 1311 mSCRC mSSCRC mSC mb ik i ++ ⊗⊗= .
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 24/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 21/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
In the equations above, we use eNB X i = and Sector X k = .
7 PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL
UE will modifiy resource mapping for PDCCH. UE SW must be configurable for both
PDCCH mapping options and compatible with resource mapping scheme defined in this TDD specification. In step 0, only the resource mapping scheme defined in this TDDspecification will be tested.[16]
DL and UL scheduling grants shall be transmitted on PDCCH in order to signal the DL andUL transport formats to the UE, respectively. The DL scheduling grant shall be transmitted incase of both initial transmission and retransmission of a transport block, whereas the ULscheduling grant is confined to the initial transmission of a transport block.
Further, PDCCH is used to convey the following messages to the UE:- UL time advance correction messages,- system frame number (SFN) update messages.
In order to limit the search complexity of the UE, eNB shall not transmit an UL time advancecorrection message in a subframe in which the SFN update message is transmitted.
The DL and UL scheduling grants, UL time advance correction messages and SFNmessages shall be transmitted on the second OFDM symbol (l=1) per subframe.
DL ACK/NACK shall be transmitted to signal the UE whether a transport block on PUSCHwas successfully received by eNB. A DL NACK further triggers a retransmission of atransport block on PUSCH.
DL ACK/NACKs are transmitted in the first OFDM symbol (l=0) per subframe using resource
elements not allocated by reference signals.
The message contents and formatting of the DL and UL scheduling grants and DLACK/NACKs are specified in the sequel.
PDCCH can be transmitted in each downlink subframe and DwPTS (PDCCH transmitted inDwPTS not used in S0 because of UL/DL configuration 5).
The PDCCH is transmitted only on antenna port #0.
DL MU-MIMO ,SU-MIMO and Tx diversity are not supported at LTE TDD Demo S0.
In a dedicated test mode for DL MU-MIMO, the eNB can be configured to transmit PDCCHequally from antenna ports #0 and #1.
If 2Tx diversity is configured, the PDCCH modulation symbols are SFBC encoded asdescribed in Section 8.5.3.2 and transmitted via antenna ports #0 and #1 (tbd.).
The physical resource allocation for PDCCH is illustrated in the Appendix.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 25/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 22/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
7.1 Downlink Scheduling Grants
A DL scheduling grant transmitted within a subframe informs a UE (or a group of Ues)whether it will receive a transport block on PDSCH within the same subframe, either aninitial transmission or a retransmission of a transport block.
Further, the DL scheduling grant contains all the information required by the UE forprocessing the transport block received on PDSCH.
7.1.1 Message Contents
At LTE TDD Demo S0, message content slightly changed compared to D2.4, one bit addedfor HARQ process number and one bit reduced for Duration of assignment.
The following information is transmitted within a DL scheduling grant on PDCCH:
- Message type indicator (2bits): 2,1, , mtimtimti x x X =
- Resource assignment (16bits):13,2,1,3,2,1, ,,,,,,
rarararacracracra x x x x x x X K=
- Duration of assignment (1bits): 1,doadoa x X =
- Multiple antenna related information (1bit): 1,marimari x X =
- Modulation scheme (2bits): 2,1, , msmsms x x X =
- Payload size (6bits): 6,2,1, ,,, ps ps ps ps x x x X K=
- Hybrid ARQ process number (4bits): ,1 ,2 ,3 ,4, , ,hap hap hap hap hap
X x x x x=
- Redundancy version (3bits): 3,2,1, ,,rvrvrvrv x x x X =
- New data indicator (1bit): 1,nd nd x X = - UE identity (16bits): 16,2,1, ,,, ueueueue x x x X K=
The payload of a DL scheduling grant transmitted on PDCCH has a size of 36bits. It isobtained by multiplexing the above information elements (except for the UE identity)according to:
.,,,,,,,, 1,3,1,2,1,3621 nd rvracmtimti x x x x x x x x X KK ==
Note that we use the index 1 to indicate the MSB, and the highest indices to indicate the
LSB, in unsigned binary representation, e.g. 2=mti X corresponds to 0,1 2,1, == mtimti x x (as
in HS-SCCH coding chain of 3GPP Rel. 6 [4]).
7.1.1.1 Message Type Indicator
A DL scheduling grant is indicated to the UE by .0=mti X
7.1.1.2 Resource Assignment
The resource assignment field indicates to the UE which resource units are used for PDSCHtransmission.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 26/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 23/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
The first three bits 3,2,1, ,, racracracrac x x x X = of the resource assignment field are used as
control bits and the remaining 13bits 13,2,1, ,,, rarara x x x K are used as a bit map. The
interpretation of the bit map depends on the values of the control bits for the 10MHz BWcase.
7.1.1.2.1 10MHz BW Case
For 10MHz BW case, the definition of the resource assignment field is summarized in Table6 and exemplified in Figure 7. The bit map scope defines whether the bit map addressessingle resource units (RU), resource unit pairs (RUP) or resource unit quadruples (RUQ). The bit map space/definition define which RUs/RUPs/RUQs can be addressed by the bitmap.
Table 6: Interpretation of resource assignment in 10MHz BW case.
rac X Bit mapscope
Bit map space Bit map definition
0 RUQ RUQ #0 till #12 - 0, =nra x : PDSCH is not transmitted to the UE on
RUQ #(n-1)
- 1, =nra x : PDSCH is transmitted to the UE on RUQ
#(n-1) 1 RUP RUP #0 till #12 - 0, =nra x : PDSCH is not transmitted to the UE on
RUP #(n-1)
- 1, =nra x : PDSCH is transmitted to the UE on RUP
#(n-1)
2 RUP RUP #12 till #24 - 0, =nra x : PDSCH is not transmitted to the UE onRUP #(n+11)
- 1, =nra x : PDSCH is transmitted to the UE on RUP
#(n+11) 3 RU RU #0 till #12 - 0, =nra x : PDSCH is not transmitted to the UE on
RU #(n-1)
- 1, =nra x : PDSCH is transmitted to the UE on RU
#(n-1) 4 RU RU #12 till #24 - 0, =nra x : PDSCH is not transmitted to the UE on
RU #(n+11)
- 1, =nra x : PDSCH is transmitted to the UE on RU
#(n+11)5 RU RU #25 till #37 - 0, =nra x : PDSCH is not transmitted to the UE on
RU #(n+24)
- 1, =nra x : PDSCH is transmitted to the UE on RU
#(n+24)6 RU RU #37 till #49 - 0, =nra x : PDSCH is not transmitted to the UE on
RU #(n+36)
- 1, =nra x : PDSCH is transmitted to the UE on RU
#(n+36)
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 27/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 24/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
7 RU Left RU of RUQ#0 till #12(with smallestfrequencyindex)
- 0, =nra x : PDSCH is not transmitted to the UE on
RU #(4n-4)
- 1, =nra x : PDSCH is transmitted to the UE on RU
#(4n-4)
RU #i
Bit map example: Xra =*,*,*,1,0,1,0,1,0,1,0,1,0,1,0,1
Xrac=4 7 8 9 10 11 120 1 2 3 4 5 6 20 21 22 23 2413 14 15 16 17 18 19
Xrac=5
Xrac=6
Xrac=7
#i PDSCH transmission in RU #i#i #i #i
#i no PDSCH transmission in RU #i
7 8 9 10 11 120 1 2 3 4 5 6 20 21 22 23 2413 14 15 16 17 18 19
7 8 9 10 11 120 1 2 3 4 5 6 20 21 22 23 2413 14 15 16 17 18 19
7 8 9 10 11 120 1 2 3 4 5 6 20 21 22 23 2413 14 15 16 17 18 19
32 33 34 35 36 3725 26 27 28 29 30 31 45 46 47 48 4938 39 40 41 42 43 44
32 33 34 35 36 3725 26 27 28 29 30 31 45 46 47 48 4938 39 40 41 42 43 44
32 33 34 35 36 3725 26 27 28 29 30 31 45 46 47 48 4938 39 40 41 42 43 44
32 33 34 35 36 3725 26 27 28 29 30 31 45 46 47 48 4938 39 40 41 42 43 44
Xrac=0 7 8 9 10 11 120 1 2 3 4 5 6 20 21 22 23 2413 14 15 16 17 18 19
Xrac=1
Xrac=2
Xrac=3
7 8 9 10 11 120 1 2 3 4 5 6 20 21 22 23 2413 14 15 16 17 18 19
7 8 9 10 11 120 1 2 3 4 5 6 20 21 22 23 2413 14 15 16 17 18 19
7 8 9 10 11 120 1 2 3 4 5 6 20 21 22 23 2413 14 15 16 17 18 19
32 33 34 35 36 3725 26 27 28 29 30 31 45 46 47 48 4938 39 40 41 42 43 44
32 33 34 35 36 3725 26 27 28 29 30 31 45 46 47 48 4938 39 40 41 42 43 44
32 33 34 35 36 3725 26 27 28 29 30 31 45 46 47 48 4938 39 40 41 42 43 44
32 33 34 35 36 3725 26 27 28 29 30 31 45 46 47 48 4938 39 40 41 42 43 44
Figure 7: Example of resource assignment in 10MHz BW case.
7.1.1.3 Duration of Assignment
Xdoa is 1 bit, i.e.,1doa doa X X = . At LTE TDD Demo S0,the Duration of Assignment field
can only be set to zero, it indicates to the UE that the received DL scheduling grant is validfor the current PDSCH subframe only .
We use .0=doa
X
7.1.1.4 Multiple Antenna Related Information
The eNB can transmit PDSCH to a UE using a single transmission stream (SISO, 2Txdiversity or MU-MIMO) or using a dual-stream 2-codeword SU-MIMO scheme. At LTE TDDDemo S0, The eNB can only transmit PDSCH to a UE using a single transmission stream(SISO) , a single codeword (transport block) is transmitted per subframe (TTI) to the UE.
In SISO, 2Tx diversity or MU-MIMO case, a single codeword (transport block) is transmittedper subframe (TTI) to the UE, and two codewords (transport blocks) per subframe (TTI) in
SU-MIMO case.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 28/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 25/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
The multiple antenna related information indicates a stream identifier (or codeword identifier)to the UE:
- 0=mari X : PDSCH stream #0 (codeword #0),
- 1=mari X : PDSCH stream #1 (codeword #1)( not supported at LTE TDD Demo
S0).
In SU-MIMO case, the eNB transmits two DL scheduling grants to the UE using twoadjacent PDCCH control channel elements #i and #(i+1).
7.1.1.5 Modulation Scheme
The modulation scheme field indicates the modulation scheme applied for PDSCHtransmission in the indicated subframes. The interpretation of the modulation scheme field issummarized in Table 7.
Table 7: Signalling of modulation scheme.
ms X Modulation scheme )( ms X K
0 QPSK 81 16QAM 722 64QAM 2883 n.a. n.a.
7.1.1.6 Payload Size
The payload size field indicates the transport block size transmitted on PDSCH in theindicated subframes.
The transport block size in number of bits is determined according to),8)((
PS ms RU X X K N +
where:
- RU N denotes the number of resource units indicated by the resource assignment
fieldra X ,
- )( ms X K denotes a modulation-specific offset as defined in Table 7,
- the payload size fieldPS X is set by eNB to take values in the range:
o 35,,1,0 K=PS X for QPSK modulation,
o 63,,1,0 K=PS X for 16QAM/64QAM modulation.
Note that the transport block size is in integer multiples of bytes.
A subset of the possible transport block sizes shall be supported.
For example, UE received a DL grant and decoded the information of QPSK, NRU=12,
5=PS X , QPSK,then payload is known by the calculating of.12(8+8*5)=576
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 29/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 26/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
7.1.1.7 Hybrid ARQ Process Number
At LTE TDD Demo S0, only uplink-downlink allocations configuration 5 is supported, aslisted in section 4.1 Table 3.
[16]For pre-delivery only: [UE and eNB shall be configurable for mode1 and mode2:mode1: no HARQ retransmission for UL and DL, DL up to 8 HARQ processes.
eNB may send initial transmissions only(coding and signaling on PDCCH as thisspecification defined.)
HARQ IDs may be in the range 0...7 (4 bits used for signaling as this specificationdefined)
A single 1-bit ACK will be sent by the UE for all 8 HARQ processes from an &-operation.
mode2:UL and DL HARQ, with restrict max number of HARQ process 1 for S0.1(HARQid=0),can be sent in any DL subframe.
UE should feedback the ACK/NACK in the way defined in 6.3.1 of [11].]
Given configuration 5, up to 13 DL Hybrid ARQ processes #0 till #12 are supported in caseof no PDSCH transmitted on special subframe, as shown in Figure 16(section 9.1). The DLHybrid ARQ process number is signalled by the Hybrid ARQ process number field
hap X (4bits). Note that the HARQ process number #0 …#12 shown in Figure 16 is just for
example. Actually, TDD DL HARQ process number is dynamically scheduled by eNB.
7.1.1.8 Redundancy Version
The redundancy version fieldrv X is obtained after jointly encoding the redundancy version
parameters r, s and the constellation version parameter b.
The redundancy version coding is summarized in Table 8 and Table 9 for QPSK and16QAM/64QAM modulation, respectively.
Table 8: Redundancy version coding for QPSK.
rv X s r 0 1 01 0 02 1 13 0 14 1 25 0 26 1 37 0 3
Table 9: Redundancy version coding for 16QAM and 64QAM.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 30/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 27/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
rv X s r b
0 1 0 01 0 0 02 1 1 13 0 1 1
4 1 0 15 1 0 26 1 0 37 1 1 0
For QPSK,rv X =0 for the initial transmission,
rv X =1 for the first re-transmission, rv X =2 for the
second re-transmission, rv X =3 for the third re-transmission, and rv X =3 for the more re-
transmission(up to seventh re-transmission),
For 16QAM and 64QAM, rv X =0 for the initial transmission, rv X =3 for the first re-transmission,
rv X =5 for the second re-transmission, rv X =1 for the third re-transmission, and rv X =1 for the more
re-transmission(up to seventh re-transmission),
[16]For pre-delivery only: [UE and eNB shall be configurable for mode1 and mode2:mode1: no HARQ retransmission for UL and DL, DL up to 8 HARQ processes.
eNB may send initial transmissions only(coding and signaling on PDCCH as thisspecification defined.)
mode2:UL and DL HARQ, with restrict max number of HARQ process 1 for S0.1(HARQid=0),can be sent in any DL subframe.]
7.1.1.9 New Data Indicator
The new data indicator field indicates to the UE whether the transmission on PDSCH in thecurrent subframe (TTI) is an initial transmission or a retransmission of a codeword (transportblock):
- 0=nd X : retransmission of codeword on PDSCH,
- 1=nd X : initial transmission of codeword on PDSCH.
The UE shall clear its soft buffer when a new transmission is indicated.
7.1.1.10 UE Identity
A 16bits UE identifier is used: 16,2,1, ,,, ueueueue x x x X K= , where 1,ue x denotes the MSB and
16,ue x denotes the LSB. It is given by the Radio Network Identifier RNTI.
The RNTIs shall statically be configured in the UEs according to 0,1,….
7.1.2 Coding, Modulation and Physical Resource Mapping
The coding, modulation and physical resource mapping for DL or UL scheduling grantstransmitted on PDCCH is illustrated in Figure 8. The coding and physical resource mapping
are not compliant with 3GPP Rel. 8.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 31/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 28/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
R’
S
Q
Z
Y
XUE
X
Payload mux
Channel coding
UE specific CRC
attachement
Rate matching
Block interleaver
PDCCH control
channel element
Physical resource
mapping
R
QPSK modulation
Cell-specific
scrambling
Figure 8: PDCCH coding, modulation and physical resource mapping.
7.1.2.1 Payload Mux
The payload after multiplexing the information elements of a DL or UL scheduling grant
message consists of 36 bits denoted by .,,, 3621 x x x X K=
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 32/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 29/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
7.1.2.2 UE Specific CRC Attachment
From the sequence X a 16bit CRC is calculated as in §4.2.1.1 of [4]. This gives a
sequence of bits 1621 ,,, ccc K , where
.16,2,1)17(K
== − k pc k imk This sequence of bits is then masked with the UE identity 16,2,1, ,,,
ueueueUE x x x X K= (where
1,ue x denotes the MSB and 16,ue x denotes the LSB) and then appended to the sequence X
to form the sequence ,,,, 5221 y y yY K= where:
.52,,38,372mod )(
,36,,2,1
36,36 K
K
=+=
==
−− i xc y
i x y
iueii
ii
7.1.2.3 Channel Coding
Rate 1/3 convolutional coding, as described in §4.2.3.1 of [4], is applied to the sequence .Y This gives a sequence .,,, 18021 z z z Z K= Note that the last 24 bits of the sequence Z result
from the termination of 9=K convolutional coding being fully applied.
7.1.2.4 Rate Matching
Puncturing is applied to obtain the sequence .,,, 15021 qqqQ K= The 30bits to be punctured
from the input sequence Z are given by1 5
, 0,1, , 29.k z k + = K In other words, puncturing is
applied with a distance of 6bits, starting with the first bit 1 z , until 30bits are punctured. Aim
of this puncturing technique is to spread the punctured bits approximately equally over the
full sequence length.
The effective code rate for the UL/DL scheduling grants is then about 0.35 (52/150).(1CCE=75subcarriers, QPSK=> M=2, effective resource = 75*2=150)
Note that the above rate matching is equivalent with using the Rel. 6 rate matching forconvolutional coding as described in §4.2.7.2.2.2 and §4.2.7.5 of [4].
7.1.2.5 Block Interleaver
Aim of the block interleaver is to provide frequency diversity, i.e. distribute the coded bitswell over the available subcarriers.
The size of the block interleaver is 13bits x 12bits = 156bits.
Writing is column-by-column, where the order of columns is given by the following sequenceof column indices (this is similar to an inter-column permutation):
<0, 3, 6, 9, 1, 4, 7, 10, 2, 5, 8, 11>. The columns are always written from top to bottom, i.e. the order of rows is given by thesequence <0, 1, 2, …>.
The bits are read out from the interleaver matrix row-by-row (i.e. with sequence <0, 1,2, …>). Pruning is applied to the last six columns of the last row.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 33/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 30/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
ReadingWriting
=q83
q84
q85
q86
q87
q133
q134
q135
q136
q137
q45
q46
q47
q48
q49
q95
q96
q97
q98
q99
q145
q146
q147
q148
q149
q77
q78
q79
q80
q81
q82
q127
q128
q129
q130
q131
q132
q39
q40
q41
q42
q43
q44
q89
q90
q91
q92
q93
q94
q139
q140
q141
q142
q143
q144
q8
q9
q10
q11
q12
q58
q59
q60
q61
q62
q108
q109
q110
q111
q112
q21
q22
q23
q24
q25
q71
q72
q73
q74
q75
q121
q122
q123
q124
q125
q34
q35
q36
q37
q38
q1
q2
q3
q4
q5
q6
q7
q51
q52
q53
q54
q55
q56
q57
q101
q102
q103
q104
q105
q106
q107
q14
q15
q16
q17
q18
q19
q20
q64
q65
q66
q67
q68
q69
q70
q114
q115
q116
q117
q118
q119
q120
q27
q28
q29
q30
q31
q32
q33
q88 q138 q50 q100 q150
q13 q63 q113 q26 q76 q126
r85
r97
r109
r121
r133
r91
r103
r115
r127
r139
r1
r13
r25
r37
r49
r61
r73
r7
r19
r31
r43
r55
r67
r79
r145
7 8 9 10 110 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 110 1 2 3 4 5 6
7
8
9
10
11
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
12
7
8
9
10
11
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
12
index index
r92
r104
r116
r128
r140
r8
r20
r32
r44
r56
r68
r80
r93
r105
r117
r129
r141
r9
r21
r33
r45
r57
r69
r81
r94
r106
r118
r130
r142
r10
r22
r34
r46
r58
r70
r82
r95
r107
r119
r131
r143
r11
r23
r35
r47
r59
r71
r83
r96
r108
r120
r132
r144
r12
r24
r36
r48
r60
r72
r84
r86
r98
r110
r122
r134
r2
r14
r26
r38
r50
r62
r74
r146
r87
r99
r111
r123
r135
r3
r15
r27
r39
r51
r63
r75
r147
r88
r100
r112
r124
r136
r4
r16
r28
r40
r52
r64
r76
r148
r89
r101
r113
r125
r137
r5
r17
r29
r41
r53
r65
r77
r149
r90
r102
r114
r126
r138
r6
r18
r30
r42
r54
r66
r78
r150
Figure 9: PDCCH block interleaver.
7.1.2.6 Cell-Specific Scrambling
The scrambling sequence generation uses Gold sequences as agreed during 3GPPRAN1#51bis meeting in Sevilla.
The initialization of the Gold sequences is as agreed during 3GPP RAN1#52 meeting inSorrento (cf. 3GPP R1-081106), but time-variant input variables are avoided to reduce test
effort (i.e. the variable <Subframe_Num> is replaced by <Cell_ID>).
The inputs of the cell-specific scrambling are given by:
- the sequence of bits 15021 ...,, r r r obtained from the PDCCH block interleaver,
- the cell identity 16,2,1, ,,, cellcellcellcell x x x X K= , }14,...,1,0{∈cell X , where we use the
index 1 to indicate the LSB, and the index 16 to indicate the MSB, in unsignedbinary representation.
The cell-specific scrambling is defined by:
,150,...,2,1,2mod )( 1 =+=′ − k cr r k k k
where the }1,0{∈′k r denote the output bits of the cell-specific scrambling, and the
}1,0{)(1 ∈== − nccc k ndenote a Gold sequence generated by modulo-2 addition of the
output sequences )(1 n x and )(2 n x of two feedback shift registers of length 31,
,149,,0},1,0{)(,2mod ))()(()( 21 K=∈+= nncn xn xnc
and the generator polynomials of the binary sequences )(1 n x and )(2 n x are given by
1331 ++ x x and 1
2331 ++++ x x x x , respectively. The generation of the Gold sequence isdepicted in Figure 10.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 34/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 31/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
1
x1(n)
x2(n)
c(n)
Init x1: ...
Init x2:
...
MSB LSB
... 0 xcell,9
(MSB)xcell,1
(LSB)0
0 0
xcell,4...1
(MSB...LSB)
Figure 10: Feedback shift register for cell-specific scrambling.
The 31 entries of the first shift register are initialized according to:
0,1)(1 == nn x (LSB, green in Figure 10),
,300,0)(1 ≤<= nn x (grey in Figure 10).
The second shift register is initialized with
,29
cellcell X X ′′+′
where:
- 9,2,1, ,,,cellcellcellcell x x x X K=′ denotes a shortened 9bit cell identifier (blue in Figure 10),
- 4,2,1, ,,,cellcellcellcell x x x X K=′′ denotes a shortened 4bit cell identifier (yellow in Figure
10), andwhere we use the index 1 to indicate the LSB. Note that the remaining positions are
initialized with zeros: 3012,0)(2 ≤<= nn x (grey in Figure 10).
The outputs of the shift registers ,30),(),( 21 >nn xn x are iteratively obtained according to:
,2mod ))()3(()31( 111 n xn xn x ++=+
.2mod ))()1()2()3(()31( 22222 n xn xn xn xn x ++++++=+
7.1.2.7 QPSK Modulation
QPSK modulation is applied to pairs of bits ,, 1+′′
ii r r where i is odd. The QPSK modulationmapping is defined in §7 of [1]. The sequence of QPSK modulated complex-valued symbols
is denoted by .,,, 7521 sssS K=
7.1.2.8 Physical Resource Mapping
We define N PDCCH control channel elements (#0…#N-1) located in the second OFDMsymbol of a subframe, where:
- 8= N in 10MHz BW case.
The PDCCH control channel element i# is defined as the set of resource elements given by
the active subcarrier indices .74,,1,0,K
=+= n Nnik
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 35/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 32/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
The DL (or UL) scheduler decides which PDCCH control channel element i# ,
,1,,1,0 −= N i K to use to transmit the DL (or UL) scheduling grant. Note that a DL
scheduling grant can be transmitted on any of the available N PDCCH control channelelements (#0…#N-1).
Given the selected PDCCH control channel element i# , the sequence of modulationsymbols S is mapped to the respective PDCCH resource elements with increasing active
subcarrier index k .
The definition of the PDCCH control channel elements and the physical resource mappingof the modulated sequence S is illustrated in the Appendix.
7.1.3 Repetit ion Option for Coverage Extension
To increase the reliability and coverage of the DL/UL scheduling grants a repetition option
shall be configurable.
If the repetition option is configured, a DL/UL scheduling grant is transmitted by using twoadjacent PDCCH control channel elements #i and #(i+1), where i is even, and in both control
channel elements identical QPSK modulated complex-valued symbols 7521 ,,, sssS K= , as
specified in Section 7.1.2, are transmitted.
With the repetition option, the number of available PDCCH control channel elements is N=4in 10MHz BW case, and the effective code rate for the UL/DL scheduling grants is about0.17 (52/150/2).
7.2 Uplink Scheduling Grants
An UL scheduling grant transmitted within a subframe informs a UE (or a group of Ues) thatit shall trigger the transmission of a transport block on PUSCH within an UL subframecharacterised by a specific timing offset with respect to the DL subframe.
Further, the UL scheduling grant contains exact information that shall be followed by the UEfor formatting the transport block to be transmitted on PUSCH.
UL scheduling grants shall be used to schedule initial transmissions only. Retransmissions
are triggered by DL NACKs.
The timing of the UL scheduling grants is described within the general UL timing of thecorresponding detailed UL specification, cf. Section 7.1 of [11].
The eNB shall regularly transmit an UL scheduling grant to each UE in the cell.
7.2.1 Message Contents
The following information is transmitted within an UL scheduling grant on PDCCH:
- Message type indicator (2bits): 2,1, ,mtimtimti x x X =
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 36/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 33/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
- Resource assignment (12bits): 6,2,1,6,2,1, ,,,,,,, ralralralrasrasrasra x x x x x x X KK=
- Duration of assignment (3bits): 3,2,1, ,, doadoadoadoa x x x X =
- Scheduling information request (1bit): 1,sir sir x X =
- Modulation scheme (1bit): 1,msms x X =
- Payload size (6bits): 6,2,1, ,,, ps ps ps ps x x x X
K=
- MU-MIMO pairing indicator (2bits): 2,1, ,mpimpimpi x x X =
- Transmission power (4bits): 4,2,1, ,,,txptxptxptxp x x x X K=
- ACK/NACK indicator (5bits): 5,2,1, ,,, anianianiani x x x X K=
- UE identity (16bits): 16,2,1, ,,, ueueueue x x x X K=
The payload of an UL scheduling grant transmitted on PDCCH has a size of 36bits. It isobtained by multiplexing the above information elements (except for the UE identity)
according to:.,,,,,,, 5,1,2,1,3621 anirasmtimti x x x x x x x X KK ==
Note that we use the index 1 to indicate the MSB, and the highest indices to indicate the
LSB, in unsigned binary representation, e.g. 2=mti X corresponds to 0,1 2,1, == mtimti x x (as
in HS-SCCH coding chain of 3GPP Rel. 6 [4]).
7.2.1.1 Message Type Indicator
An UL scheduling grant is indicated to the UE by .1=mti X
7.2.1.2 Resource Assignment
The resource assignment field indicates to the UE which resource units are to be used forPUSCH transmission.
The resource assignment for PUSCH is restricted to using a contiguous set of RUs. .
Resource units for PUSCH are numbered from RU #0 … #N-1, where N denotes the totalnumber of available resource units over the full system BW.
The first six bits 6,2,1, ,,, rasrasrasras x x x X K= of the resource assignment field indicate that the
first RU (with smallest index) to be used for PUSCH transmission is given by RU ras X #.
The remaining six bits 6,2,1, ,,,ralralralral x x x X K= of the resource assignment field indicate
that the number of RUs to be used for PUSCH transmission is given by #RUs =ral X .
The value range for ras X and ral X is 0…N-1, where N=50 in 10MHz BW.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 37/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 34/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
7.2.1.3 Duration of Assignment
At LTE TDD Demo S0, UL grant will be given in subframe 8 only.. The Duration of Assignment field is set to zero only, it indicates to the UE that the received UL schedulinggrant is valid for 1 subframe (uplink subframe 2 in next frame) only, refer to section 9.1.
7.2.1.4 Scheduling Information Request
The scheduling information request field indicates whether a transport block on PUSCHshall be used to carry data and scheduling information or to carry scheduling informationonly. Further it indicates the maximum number of retransmissions of the respective PUSCHtransport blocks.
The interpretation of the scheduling information request field is defined as:
- 0=sir X : data and scheduling information
- 1=sir X : scheduling information only
In the 1=sir X case, the UE shall fill the PUSCH PDU with padding.
At LTE TDD Demo S0,sir X is set to zero only.
The maximum number of retransmissions (cf. §7.5.5 of [2]) is tied to the schedulinginformation request field as follows:
- 0=sir X : max
)0(
max RSN RSN = (default 3)
- 1=sir X : )1(
max RSN (default 1)
where )(max
j RSN shall denote the maximum number of retransmissions in case of j X sir = .
In the 1=sir X case, the duration of assignment field shall be restricted to 03, =doa X .
eNode B may transmit data and scheduling info request periodically if no grant is requestedfrom UE in order to maintain the TA loop..
7.2.1.5 Modulation Scheme
The modulation scheme field indicates the modulation scheme to be applied for PUSCHtransmission in the indicated subframes.
The interpretation of the modulation scheme field is defined as:
- 0=ms X : QPSK
- 1=ms X : 16QAM
7.2.1.6 Payload Size
The payload size field indicates the transport block size to be used for PUSCH transmissionin the indicated subframes.
The transport block size is determined as described in Section 7.1.1.6.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 38/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 35/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
7.2.1.7 MU-MIMO Pairing Indicator
The MU-MIMO pairing indicator fieldmpi X indicates which Zadoff-Chu shift value }1,0{∈v
shall be used by the UE for the generation of the UL demodulation reference signal in the
indicated subframes.
The coding of the MU-MIMO pairing indicator field is summarised in Table 10. (Note that the
first bit 1,mpi x of the MU-MIMO pairing indicator is unused and always set to zero.)
If UL MIMO is not used,mpi X is set to zero.
Table 10: Coding of MU-MIMO pairing indicator.
mpi X Zadoff-Chu
shift value0 0=v 1 1=v
2 n.a.3 n.a.
7.2.1.8 Transmission Power
The transmission power field includes information that is used by the UE to compute thetransmission power to be used for PUSCH transmission in the indicated subframes.
The UE shall compute the PUSCH transmit power for the next PUSCH per resource elementas (similar as in [8]):
, _ _ _ _ _ _ _
_ _ _ _
dBTF PtxdBmref perRE PtxdBOffset Ptx
dBPathLossdBdBm perRE Ptx
×++++×+Γ=
β
α
where:
- dB _ Γ denotes a target SINR in dB, set via configuration (default value 6dB).
- }0.1,,2.0,1.0,0.0{ K∈α is set via configuration (default value 1.0).
- dBPathLoss _ is the time-averaged path loss in dB, measured by the UE based on
the reference signal transmitted from either eNB antenna port #0 or #1, dependingon which eNB antenna port is configured in the UE (default 100ms measurementinterval). The expected accuracy due to systematic errors of this measurement iswithin 2± dB. The transmission power of the reference signal transmitted from the
respective eNB antenna port is known in the UE via configuration (in 0.1dB units). The reference points are the antenna connectors of eNB and UE.
- dBOffset Ptx _ _ denotes a power offset in dB.
- dBmref perRE Ptx _ _ _ denotes an absolute reference power per resource element
for transmission of PUSCH, set via configuration (in 1.0dB units, default value tbc.).- dBTF Ptx _ _ denotes a power offset specific for the indicated transport format.
These transport format-specific power offsets are to be provided by ALU based onlink level simulation results for AWGN case. They shall be memorised by the UE e.g.as part of the transport format table. They are not expected to change frequently, sothey can be hard coded.
- }1,0{∈ β is set via configuration (default value 1).
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 39/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 36/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
The power offset dBOffset Ptx _ _ shall be derived by the UE from the transmission power
fieldtxp X signalled within the UL scheduling grant on PDCCH, where absolute (default
mode) and accumulative power control modes shall be configurable in UE and eNB, asdescribed in the sequel.
Notes:- In 3GPP discussions, often the term power spectral density is used to denote the
power per resource element.- The UE may alternatively use as configuration parameter a reference power over the
full system bandwidth, denoted by dBmref Ptx _ _ , and derive
dBmref perRE Ptx _ _ _ internally according to
),log(10 _ _ _ _ _ UL
BW N dBmref PtxdBmref perRE Ptx −=
where UL
BW N denotes the number of resource elements over the full system
bandwidth ( 600=UL
BW N in 10MHz BW).
7.2.1.8.1 Absolute Closed Loop Power Control
With absolute closed loop power control, the power offset dBOffset Ptx _ _ shall be derived
by the UE from the transmission power field txp X signalled within the UL scheduling grant
on PDCCH according to
),7( _ _ _ _ −×= txp X dBStepSizePtxdBOffset Ptx
where }0.1,5.0{ _ _ ∈dBStepSizePtx in dB units denotes the power control step size, set
via configuration (default step size 1.0dB).
Notes:- The eNB is capable of correcting the UL transmission power by –3.5dB, -3dB, …,
+4.0dB for 0.5dB step size (and –7.0dB, -6dB, …, +8.0dB for 1.0dB step size).- For 1.0dB step size, the eNB can constrain the used range of UL transmission power
correction to the set {-4.0dB, -1.0dB, +1.0dB, +4.0dB}. In this case, the PUSCHpower control is compliant with §5.1.1 of [8] for the absolute power correction option.
- The power offset controlled by the eNB is an absolute value that shall be used by theUE only for the indicated subframes and then be discarded by the UE.
7.2.1.8.2 Accumulated Closed Loop Power Control
Accumulative closed loop power control is the preferred method at LTE TDD Demo S0.With accumulative closed loop power control, the power offset dBOffset Ptx _ _ shall be
stored in the UE and be updated with every UL scheduling grant received by the UEaccording to
,)1( _ _ )( _ _ PUSCH idBOffset PtxidBOffset Ptx Δ+−=
where:- )1( _ _ −idBOffset Ptx denotes the power offset stored in the UE,
- )( _ _ idBOffset Ptx denotes the power offset updated with the latest received UL
scheduling grant and applied by the UE for the current PUSCH transmission,
- }3,1,0,1{−∈Δ PUSCH in dB units denotes applicable the power step size.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 40/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 37/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
The value of PUSCH Δ to be applied for accumulative power correction shall be derived by the
UE from the transmission power fieldtxp X signalled within the UL scheduling grant on
PDCCH according to Table 11:.
Table 11: Power offset signalling for accumulated PUSCH power control.
txp X PUSCH Δ
0 -1dB1 0dB2 +1dB3 +3dB
4 – 15 n.a.
Notes:
- 4,2,1, ,,, txptxptxptxp x x x X K= , where index 1 denotes the MSB, i.e. 02,1, == txptxp x x .
- The UL transmission power correction method based on accumulation is compliantwith §5.1.1 of [8].
7.2.1.9 ACK/NACK Indicator
The ACK/NACK indicator field signals explicitly to the UE that the DL ACK/NACK control
channel element i# , whereani X i = , will be used by eNB to convey the DL ACK/NACK
messages in reply to transport blocks transmitted on PUSCH in the indicated subframes.
The value range of the ACK/NACK indicator field is given by:
- }23,,1,0{ K∈ani X in 10MHz BW case,
7.2.1.10 UE Identity
A 16bits UE identifier is used as described in Section 7.1.1.10.
Note that the same UE identifier (RNTI) shall be used for PDSCH and PUSCH transmission.
7.2.2 Coding, Modulation and Physical Resource Mapping
The coding, modulation and physical resource mapping is identical for DL and ULscheduling grants and specified in Sections 7.1.2 and 7.1.3.
7.3 Uplink Time Advance Correct ion
For pre-delivery:[Fixed but configurable TA in the UE. Even if the eNodeB send UL timing advance correctionmessage to the UE, the UE will ignore it. UL timing advance correction messages canappear on PDCCH.][16]
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 41/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 38/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
7.3.1 Message Contents
The following information is transmitted within an UL time advance correction message on
PDCCH:- Message type indicator (2bits): 2,1, , mtimtimti x x X =
- Time adjust #0 (8bits): 8,02,01,00 ,,, tatatata x x x X K=
- Time adjust #1 (8bits): 8,12,11,11 ,,,tatatata x x x X K=
- Time adjust #2 (8bits): 8,22,21,22 ,,,tatatata x x x X K=
- Time adjust #3 (8bits): 8,32,31,33 ,,,tatatata x x x X K=
- Spare bits (2bits): 2,1, ,sss x x X =
- UE group identity (16bits): 16,2,1, ,,,uegueguegueg x x x X K=
The payload of an UL time advance correction message transmitted on PDCCH has a sizeof 36bits. It is obtained by multiplexing the above information elements (except for the UEidentity group) according to:
.,,,,,,,,, 2,1,8,31,02,1,3621 sstatamtimti x x x x x x x x x X KK ==
Note that we use the index 1 to indicate the MSB, and the highest indices to indicate the
LSB, in unsigned binary representation, e.g. 2=mti X corresponds to 0,1 2,1, == mtimti x x (as
in HS-SCCH coding chain of 3GPP Rel. 6 [4]).
7.3.1.1 Message Type Indicator
An UL time advance correction message is indicated to the UE by .2=mti X
7.3.1.2 Time Adjust
The time adjust parameters ,30, K=i X taisignal a one-step time adjust relative to the UL
frame timing currently applied by the UE i# of a UE group according to:
)2(52.0)#()#( 7
,, −+=taiused Acorrected A
X siUE T iUE T μ .
The maximum time adjust corresponds to ss 04.6656.66 +− K . (A propagation delay of
such magnitude corresponds to a distance of about 20km.)
If a call is established, the valid value range of tai X is given by { }3,,2,327
K−−+ .
7.3.1.3 Spare Bits
The spare bit field is not used and set to zero, 0=s X .
7.3.1.4 UE Group Identity
A 16bits UE group identifier is used: 16,2,1, ,,,uegueguegueg x x x X K= , where 1,ueg x denotes the
MSB and 16,ueg x denotes the LSB.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 42/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 39/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
The UE group identity is derived from the UE identity (RNTI) according to ⎣ ⎦.4/ueueg X X =
In S0 only RNTI 0...3 will be used. UE group identity will be 0 for all used RNTIs
The UE number ,10,# K=ii within a UE group is derived from the UE identity (RNTI)
according to .2mod UE X i =
7.3.2 Coding, Modulation and Physical Resource Mapping
The coding, modulation and physical resource mapping is identical as for DL and ULscheduling grants and specified in Sections 7.1.2 and 7.1.3, with the exception that the UEgroup identifier is used as an input to the CRC attachment (instead of the UE identifier).
An UL time advance correction message can be mapped to any of the available PDCCH
control channel elements (and to any pair of PDCCH control channel elements i# and1# +i if the repetition option is configured).
7.4 System Frame Number Update
The eNB transmits a system frame number (SFN) with period 10×SFN P ms (default value
4=SFN P ) by using a dedicated message on PDCCH. SFN is only transmitted on subframe 0
in S0.
7.4.1 Message Contents
The following information is transmitted within an SFN update message on PDCCH:
- Message type indicator (2bits): 2,1, ,mtimtimti x x X =
- Message purpose indicator (2bits): 2,1, ,mpimpimpi x x X =
- SFN (10bits): 10,2,1, ,,, sfnsfnsfnsfn x x x X K=
- Spare bits (22bits): 22,2,1, ,...,, ssss x x x X =
- Cell identity (16bits): 16,2,1, ,,,cellcellcellcell x x x X K=
The payload of an SFN update message transmitted on PDCCH has a size of 36bits. It isobtained by multiplexing the above information elements (except for the cell identity)according to:
.,,,,,,, 22,1,2,1,3621 smpimtimti x x x x x x x X KK ==
Note that we use the index 1 to indicate the MSB, and the highest indices to indicate the
LSB, in unsigned binary representation, e.g. 2=mti X corresponds to 0,1 2,1, == mtimti x x (as
in HS-SCCH coding chain of 3GPP Rel. 6 [4]).
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 43/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 40/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
7.4.1.1 Message Type and Purpose Indicators
The message type indicator 3=mti X is used to indicate a special purpose message to the
UE. A special purpose message is further characterized by the message purpose indicator
.mpi X
An SFN update message is indicated to the UE by .0=mpi X
7.4.1.2 System Frame Number
The 10bit SFN is indicated to the UE by thesfn X field.
The SFN is incremented by eNB in each frame, modulo 102 (period of 10.24s).
7.4.1.3 Spare Bits
The spare bit field is not used and set to zero, 0=s X .
7.4.1.4 Cell Identity
A 16bits cell identifier is used: 16,2,1, ,,,cellcellcellcell x x x X K= , where 1,cell x denotes the MSB
and 16,cell x denotes the LSB.
In the trial network, the cell identifier is confined to }14,...,1,0{∈cell X , and it shall be derived
by the UE from the synchronisation signals [9].
7.4.2 Coding, Modulation and Physical Resource Mapping
The coding, modulation and physical resource mapping is identical as for DL and ULscheduling grants and specified in Sections 7.1.2 and 7.1.3, with exception that the cellidentifier is used as an input to the CRC attachment (instead of the UE identifier).
An SFN update message shall always be mapped to the PDCCH control channel element#0 (and to PDCCH control channel elements #0 and #1 if the repetition option is configured). This is to reduce the search complexity of the UE.An SFN update message and an UL time advance correction message shall not betransmitted in the same subframe.
7.5 DL ACK/NACK
Upon receiving a transport block on PUSCH, the eNB performs a CRC check. The CRCPASS/FAIL result is transmitted with a specific timing offset as a DL ACK/NACK on PDCCH.
DL ACK/NACKs are transmitted in a frequency-diverse manner, and DL ACK/NACKs of different Ues in a cell are multiplexed by using FDM. Further UE-specific spreading isapplied for inter-cell interference mitigation.
The timing of the DL ACK/NACK is described within the general UL timing of the
corresponding detailed UL specification, cf. Section 7.1 of [11].
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 44/131
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 45/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 42/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
- Let eff N denote the number of resource elements in the first OFDM symbol not
occupied by reference symbols, where 400=eff N in 10MHz BW.
- These resource elements are denoted by the effective subcarrier indices
1,,1,0 −= eff eff N k K
- For 0=hop f , the effective subcarrier indices correspond to the active subcarrierindices K,8,7,5,4,2,1=k , i.e. active subcarrier indices with 03mod =k are
discarded.
- For 0>hop f , the effective subcarrier indices correspond to the active subcarrier
indices K,8,7,5,4,2,1=− hop f k , i.e. active subcarrier indices with
03mod )( =− hop f k are discarded. In other words, the DL ACK/NACK channel
elements are simply shifted byhop f subcarriers towards higher active subcarrier
indices.
- 24=a N in 10MHz BW for L=16 (a N is upper bounded by L N eff
/ ).
- The DL ACK/NACK control channel element ,1,,1,0,# −= a N iiK
in the first OFDM
symbol (l=0) is defined as the frequency-diverse set of resource elements given by
the effective subcarrier indices .1,,1,0, −=++= Lnn N i f k ahopeff K
The active subcarrier indices k for the DL ACK/NACK channel elements are summarised in
Table 13 for 10MHz BW, where 0=hop f is assumed. If 0>hop f , the active subcarrier
indices k for the DL ACK/NACK channel elements can be computed from the tabulated
indices by addinghop f . Note that the resource elements forming a DL ACK/NACK channel
element have a regular spacing of 36 active subcarriers in 10MHz BW.
Table 13: Active subcarrier indices k for DL ACK/NACK channel elements in 10MHz BW.
i# active subcarrier indices k for 15,1,0, ,,iii aaa K for 0=hop f
0 1 37 73 109 145 181 217 253 289 325 361 397 433 469 505 5411 2 38 74 110 146 182 218 254 290 326 362 398 434 470 506 5422 4 40 76 112 148 184 220 256 292 328 364 400 436 472 508 5443 5 41 77 113 149 185 221 257 293 329 365 401 437 473 509 5454 7 43 79 115 151 187 223 259 295 331 367 403 439 475 511 5475 8 44 80 116 152 188 224 260 296 332 368 404 440 476 512 5486 10 46 82 118 154 190 226 262 298 334 370 406 442 478 514 5507 11 47 83 119 155 191 227 263 299 335 371 407 443 479 515 5518 13 49 85 121 157 193 229 265 301 337 373 409 445 481 517 5539 14 50 86 122 158 194 230 266 302 338 374 410 446 482 518 55410 16 52 88 124 160 196 232 268 304 340 376 412 448 484 520 55611 17 53 89 125 161 197 233 269 305 341 377 413 449 485 521 55712 19 55 91 127 163 199 235 271 307 343 379 415 451 487 523 55913 20 56 92 128 164 200 236 272 308 344 380 416 452 488 524 56014 22 58 94 130 166 202 238 274 310 346 382 418 454 490 526 562
15 23 59 95 131 167 203 239 275 311 347 383 419 455 491 527 563
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 46/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 43/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
16 25 61 97 133 169 205 241 277 313 349 385 421 457 493 529 56517 26 62 98 134 170 206 242 278 314 350 386 422 458 494 530 56618 28 64 100 136 172 208 244 280 316 352 388 424 460 496 532 56819 29 65 101 137 173 209 245 281 317 353 389 425 461 497 533 56920 31 67 103 139 175 211 247 283 319 355 391 427 463 499 535 571
21 32 68 104 140 176 212 248 284 320 356 392 428 464 500 536 57222 34 70 106 142 178 214 250 286 322 358 394 430 466 502 538 57423 35 71 107 143 179 215 251 287 323 359 395 431 467 503 539 575
7.6 UE Procedures
This section briefly describes the procedures the UE shall perform upon receiving DL/ULscheduling grants and ACK/NACK on PDCCH.
7.6.1 Scheduling Grants
The UE shall search for N scheduling grants within the second OFDM symbol per downlinksubframe, where N=8 in 10MHz BW case.
In single-stream case (SISO, 2Tx diversity or MU-MIMO), the UE can receive one or twoscheduling grants within a subframe, a DL scheduling grant, an UL scheduling grant or both.
Dual-stream 2-codeword SU-MIMO is not supported at LTE TDD Demo S0.
In case of dual-stream 2-codeword SU-MIMO, the UE can within a subframe receive twoseparate DL scheduling grants, one for either of the two MIMO streams, and/or a single UL
scheduling grant.
In order to detect whether eNB has sent a scheduling grant on PDCCH to the UE, the UEshall reverse the full coding chain, i.e. decode the convolutional code and perform a UE-specific CRC check.
The UE shall start the decoding with the first PDCCH control channel element #0 persubframe and continue the decoding of further PDCCH control channel elements #1,#2,…,until either two (or three in SU-MIMO case) (one or two for S0 configuration 5, no SU-MIMO,only subframe #8 could include both UL scheduling grant and DL scheduling grant,otherwise only DL scheduling grant could be transmitted in ‘D’ subframe) scheduling grantshave been identified for the UE or until all N scheduling grants were decoded.
A scheduling grant is found for the UE if the UE-specific CRC results in CRC PASS.
In this case, the UE shall first check the Message Type Indicator which indicates whether aDL scheduling grant or an UL scheduling grant was received.
If a DL scheduling grant was received in a subframe, the UE shall demodulate and decodethe transport block received on PDSCH in the same subframe by using the contents of thescheduling grant.
If an UL scheduling grant was received in a subframe, the UE shall transmit with a specifiedtiming offset(refer to 9.1) a transport block on PUSCH and apply the transport format,coding, modulation, physical resource mapping and transmission power as indicated in the
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 47/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 44/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
UL scheduling grant. The UE shall select the HARQ process to be used for PUSCHtransmission based on the uplink subframe sequence, i.e. the HARQ process number usedby the UE is incremented by 1 in each up link subframe (irrespective whether PUSCH is
transmitted in this subframe or not), modulo UL
HARQ N , where 1=UL
HARQ N for configuration 5.
In case that the repetition option is configured for the DL/UL scheduling grants, the UE shallprior to the decoding perform soft combining of the modulation symbols of two adjacentPDCCH control channel elements #i and #(i+1), where i is even.
As the PDSCH transport formats are static in SU-MIMO case, the UE can determine thePDSCH transport formats via the PDCCH, or alternatively the PDSCH transport formats canbe configured.
7.6.2 UL Time Advance Correct ion
For pre-delivery:[
Fixed but configurable TA in the UE. Even if the eNodeB send UL timing advance correctionmessage to the UE, the UE will ignore it. UL timing advance correction messages canappear on PDCCH.][16]In addition to searching for UL/DL scheduling grants, the UE shall search for an UL timingadvance correction message.
The search procedure is as described for UL/DL scheduling grants in the previoussubsection, except that the UE performs the CRC check by using its UE group identifier.
In case of CRC PASS, the UE shall check the message type indicator to verify that it hasreceived an UL time advance correction message.
If an UL time advance correction message was received, the UE shall adjust the UL timeadvance as signalled within the respective time adjust field. UL time adjustments shall notbe performed by the UE within UL subframe boundaries.
If a call is established, the UE shall discard the received time advance correction message if
the received value of tai X falls outside the range { }3,,2,327
K−−+ .
In case that the repetition option is configured for the TA, the UE shall prior to the decodingperform soft combining of the modulation symbols of two adjacent PDCCH control channelelements #i and #(i+1), where i is even.
7.6.3 System Frame Number Update
In addition to searching for UL/DL scheduling grants and UL timing advance correctionmessages the UE shall search for an SFN update message.
The search procedure is as described for UL/DL scheduling grants in Section 7.6.1, exceptthat the UE performs the CRC check by using the identifier of the cell from which the UEreceives the SFN update message. The cell identifier is derived by the UE from thesynchronisation signals [9].
In case of CRC PASS, the UE shall check the message type and purpose indicators to verify
that it has received an SFN update message.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 48/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 45/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
If an SFN update message was received, the UE shall adapt its internal SFN counter to theSFN value received.
Note: When searching for a message on PDCCH, the UE can decode the convolutionalcode for a given PDCCH channel element, and then perform three CRC checks:
1. Cell-specific CRC check to search for an SFN update message,2. UE group-specific CRC check to search for an UL time advance correction message,3. UE-specific CRC check to search for an UL/DL scheduling grant.
The UE can stop the search process in a subframe, if the maximum number of messageswas found. In order to limit the search complexity of the UE, the eNB shall not transmit anUL time advance correction message in a subframe in which the SFN update message istransmitted.
In case that the repetition option is configured for the SFN update, the UE shall prior to thedecoding perform soft combining of the modulation symbols of two adjacent PDCCH controlchannel elements #i and #(i+1), where i is even.
7.6.4 DL ACK/NACK
If the UE receives an UL scheduling grant, it shall check the ACK/NACK Indicator field todetermine the channel element that will be used by eNB to convey the DL ACK/NACK.
If a NACK is received in the indicated DL ACK/NACK control channel element, the UE shalltrigger a retransmission of the transport block transmitted on PUSCH in the correspondingHARQ process. A retransmission on PUSCH is performed by using the same transport blocksize, modulation scheme, resource allocation and transmission power offset as for the initial
transmission of the transport block.
An exception is if a NACK is received by the UE for a HARQ process, and the maximumnumber of retransmissions for this HARQ process was already reached with the previousretransmission for this HARQ process. In this case, a NACK shall be reported to higherlayers for this HARQ process, and the HARQ buffer shall be cleared. Note that in such case,the eNB may transmit a DL NACK and an UL scheduling grant within the same subframe tothe UE, and the UE shall in this case trigger a new transmission for the HARQ process. Notethat this is the only case in which eNB is allowed to transmit a DL NACK and an ULscheduling grant within the same subframe to the UE.
If a DL NACK is received while the UE simultaneously has a valid UL scheduling grant for
the same HARQ process, the UE shall act as follows:- If a DL NACK and an UL scheduling grant are received by the UE within the same
subframe:o if the maximum number of retransmissions was reached for this HARQ
process, then a NACK shall be reported to higher layers for this HARQprocess, the HARQ buffer shall be cleared, and a new transmission shall beformatted using the contents of the UL scheduling grant,
o else if the maximum number of retransmissions is not yet reached for thisHARQ process, it is assumed that an ACK ÆNACK transmission error hasoccurred, an ACK shall be reported to higher layers for this HARQ process,the HARQ buffer shall be cleared, and a new transmission shall be formattedusing the contents of the UL scheduling grant.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 49/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 46/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
o The case that a DL NACK is received while the UE has a valid UL scheduling
grant for the same HARQ process due to 0>doa X is not possible at LTE
TDD Demo S0, becausedoa X is always set to zero.
If an ACK is received in the indicated DL ACK/NACK control channel element, the UE shall
report an ACK to higher layers and clear its corresponding HARQ transmission buffer.
8 PHYSICAL DOWNLINK SHARED CHANNEL
The PDSCH carries data from higher protocol layers.
For PDSCH transmission, the following schemes shall be supported:- SISO:
o PDSCH is transmitted from antenna port #0 only (antenna port #1 of eNB is
not used for downlink transmission).o The UE shall be configured to use the reference signal transmitted from eNB
antenna port #0.o A single codeword (or transport block) is transmitted to a UE per downlink
subframe (or TTI).o The transport format can change on a subframe basis and it is signalled on
PDCCH.o QPSK, 16QAM and 64QAM modulation shall be supported.o The UE may use one or two receive antennas, where 2Rx diversity shall be
applied in the latter case.o The UE shall determine the PDSCH transport format by decoding the
PDCCH.
At LTE TDD Demo S0, the following PDSCH transmission schemes are not supported:- 2Tx diversity SFBC (MISO):
o PDSCH is space-frequency block coded (SFBC) and transmitted fromantenna ports #0 and #1.
o The UE shall be configured to use the reference signals transmitted fromeNB antenna ports #0 and #1.
o A single codeword (or transport block) is transmitted to a UE per subframe(or TTI).
o The transport format can change on a subframe basis and it is signalled onPDCCH.
o QPSK, 16QAM and 64QAM modulation shall be supported.o The UE may use one or two receive antennas, where 2Rx diversity shall be
applied in the latter case.o The UE shall determine the PDSCH transport format by decoding the
PDCCH which in this case is also SFBC encoded and transmitted on bothantenna ports #0 and #1.
- Dual-stream 2-codeword multi-user MIMO (MU-MIMO):o PDSCH is transmitted to two UEs #0 and #1 simultaneously using the same
physical resources in the time-frequency grid, and a single codeword (ortransport block) is transmitted to a UE per subframe (or TTI).
o Codeword #0 of UE#0 is transmitted from antenna port #0 and codeword #0of UE#1 is transmitted from antenna port #1.
o
The transport formats of UE #0 and #1 are static and signalled on PDCCH.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 50/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 47/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
o QPSK, 16QAM and 64QAM modulation shall be supported.o It is sufficient for the UE to use a single receive antenna and single-user
detection algorithms. UEs #0 and #1 shall be configured to use the referencesignals transmitted from eNB antenna ports #0 and #1, respectively.
o The UE shall determine the PDSCH transport format by decoding thePDCCH.
- Dual-stream 2-codeword single-user MIMO (SU-MIMO):
o Two codewords are transmitted to the same UE per subframe, and bothcodewords are encoded separately of each other.
o Codeword #0 is transmitted from antenna port #0 and codeword #1 istransmitted from antenna port #1.
o Codewords #0 and #1 can change on a subframe basis and they can usedifferent transport formats, and the transport formats are signalled onPDCCH.
o Codewords #0 and #1 use identical mapping of modulation symbols toresource elements in the time-frequency grid.
o
The UE shall be configured to use the reference signals transmitted fromboth eNB antenna ports #0 and #1.o QPSK, 16QAM and 64QAM modulation shall be supported.o The UE shall use two (or more) receive antennas and multi-user detection
algorithms to enable the MIMO detection.o The UE shall determine the PDSCH transport format by decoding the
PDCCH.
Scheduled PDSCH transmission with asynchronous HARQ shall be supported, where thePDSCH transmission parameters are signalled on the PDCCH, and ACK/NACK and CQIinformation are signalled on PUCCH in UL.
The number of UEs connected with eNB shall be 1 or 2.
8.1 Resource Assignment and User Multip lexing
PDSCH is transmitted in each ‘D’ subframe.. PDSCH on Special subframe is not supportedin S0.
The first and the second OFDM symbols of each ‘D’’ subframe are used by PDCCH(ULgrant, DL grant, ACK/NACK…etc.). In S0, DwPTS is used for P-SCH only.
In S0, RUs carrying P-SCH or S-SCH signals are not used for PDSCH, but used for PDCCH.
PDSCH is transmitted using resource elements not occupied by reference signals,synchronisation signals or PDCCH.
The number of resource elements per resource unit in DL subframe (not special subframe)used for PDSCH transmission is given by 12x(14-2)-12 = 132.
8.2 RLC/MAC PDU Formats
The formats of the RLC/MAC PDUs are described in [2].
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 51/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 48/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
The MAC PDU header has a fixed size of 4 bytes and there is no RLC PDU header.
The size of the MAC PDU is called the transport block size (TBS). The TBS is confined tointeger multiples of bytes.
Padding is included in the MAC PDU only if there is not enough buffered data to fill the PDUfor the selected transport format.
RLC retransmissions are not supported, neither are re-segmentations of RLC PDUs.
At S0, the RLC/MAC PDU header structure as Figure 11 should be used.SN in MAC PDU Header changed from 11 to 10 Bit, the MSB bit of original 11 bit SN will befixed as zero[16].
si5 si1
si2 si3
si4
sn (10bits) n (5bits) si (5bits) r (11bits)
0
MSB LSB2bytes 2bytes
Figure 11: RLC/MAC PDU header.
8.3 Transport Formats
The transport formats are signalled to the UE within the DL scheduling grant on PDCCH.
The transport formats can change on a subframe basis.
In MU-MIMO and SU-MIMO case, the transport formats are static.
Several transport formats shall be supported, covering code rates from very small values<1/3 to about 1.0 for QPSK, 16QAM and 64QAM modulation schemes. The transport block
sizes shall be confined to integer multiples of bytes.
A detailed set of transport formats for PDSCH transmission is found in [3].
8.4 Coding Chain
Figure 12 illustrates the PDSCH coding chain. This figure is taken from the HS-DSCHcoding chain of 3GPP Rel. 6 [4] with naming of some blocks modified and with the numberof physical channels at the output reduced to 1 (instead of P for each transmitted HS-PDSCH code).
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 52/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 49/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
The coding chain for PDSCH uses building blocks of the coding chain same as LTE FDDD2.4, for the following steps are also same:
- the code block segmentation and channel coding (Turbo code internal QPPinterleaver) which are compliant with 3GPP Rel. 8 [5],
- the physical resource segmentation and the block interleaver which are proposed byALU [6],
- and the physical channel mapping which is replaced by a physical resourceconcatenation block.
Table 14 exemplifies the respective block sizes for a TBS of 9200bits (25 RUs, 16QAM,code rate 0.7).
CRC attachment
a im1 ,a im2,aim3,...aimA
Code block segmentation
Channel Coding
Physical resourcesegmentation
PhCH#1
Physical Layer Hybrid-ARQfunctionality
d im1 ,d im2,dim3,...dimB
o ir1 ,o ir2,oir3,...oirK
c i1 ,c i2,ci3,...ciE
v p,1 ,v p,2,vp,3,...vp,U
u p,1 ,u p,2,up,3,...up,U
w 1 ,w2,w3,...wNdata
PDSCHInterleaving
Bit Scrambling
b im1 ,b im2,bim3,...bimB
Physical resourceconcatenation
r 1 , r 2, r3,... rNdata
Figure 12: Coding chain for PDSCH (modified from [4]).
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 53/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 50/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
Table 14: Example block sizes in coding chain.
Function Number of bits Comments
Transport block size 1x9200 MAC PDU sizeCRC attachment 1x9224 24bit CRCBit Scrambling 1x9224
Code Block Segmentation 1x4672 +1x4608 2 code blocks <=6144bitsmatched to QPP interleaver size
Channel Encoding 1x14028 +1x13836 =27864 Rate 1/3 per code block plus 12tail bits per code block
HARQ first RM 1x27864 Transparent (infinite virtual IRbuffer)
HARQ second RM 1x13200 Output block size matched toavailable physical resource(=4x3300bits with 16QAM and25 RUs allocated)
Resource Segmentation 4x2x(25x34-26) +4x2x(25x34-24) =4x1648 +4x1652
P=8 segments matched toPDSCH interleaver size
PDSCH Interleaver 4x2x(25x34-26) +4x2x(25x34-24) =4x1648 +4x1652
Segment-by-segmentinterleaving with 2 parallel(16QAM) basic interleavers of size 25x34 bits and 26bit/24bitpadding per basic interleaver
Physical ResourceConcatenation
1x13200 Concatenation of segments
8.4.1 CRC Attachment
A 24 bit CRC is used as specified in §4.5.1 of [4].
8.4.2 Bit Scrambl ing
Bit scrambling shall be transparent.
Note that in 3GPP Rel. 8, the position of the scrambling entity is shifted to the input of themodulation mapper.
8.4.3 Code Block Segmentation
Code block segmentation is used as specified in §5.1.2 of [5].
The maximum code block size that can be used is 6144bits.
8.4.4 Channel Encoding
A Rate 1/3 Turbo encoder is used and there is only a single transport block per TTI asspecified in §5.1.3 of [5].
The QPP Turbo code internal interleaver as specified in §5.1.3.2.3 of [5] is applied.
Note that 12 tail bits are appended to each code block for trellis termination.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 54/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 51/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
8.4.5 Hybrid ARQ (Rate Matching)
The Hybrid ARQ entity performs the rate matching as specified in §4.5.4 of [4].
HARQ bit separation is as specified in §4.5.4.1 of [4].
HARQ first rate matching is as specified in §4.5.4.2 of [4]. The first rate matching stage shallbe transparent. This can be achieved by using a sufficiently large virtual IR buffer.
HARQ second rate matching is as specified in §4.5.4.3 of [4] and uses variable RVparameters }1,0{∈s (indicates whether systematic bits are prioritized) and }1,0{∈r .
HARQ bit collection is as specified in §4.5.4.4 of [4].
13= DL
HARQ N (for TDD UL/DL allocation configuration 5, without data on special subframe)
HARQ processes per UE shall be supported(refer to section 9.1). The HARQ processes of a
UE have equal memory sizes given by the total HARQ buffer size / HARQ N . Per HARQprocess 95880 samples needs to be stored to enable TFRC #69 [3] (equals to the numberof samples after 1st RM). In another word, HARQ buffer size of the UE needs to be larger
than (95880 samples *Number of soft bits per sample * HARQ N *Number of code streams) bits.
In step 0, TFRC #51 will be used.[16]
8.4.6 Resource Segmentation
A detailed proposal for resource segmentation is given in [6].
The input bits into the resource segmentation (i.e. the output bits of the HARQ second rate
matching stage) are denoted bydata N www ,,, 21 K .
The number of segments P is variable depending on the number of input bitsdata N . The
segment sizes are approximately equal and matched to the size of the PDSCH interleaver.
The number of segments is given by:
⎣ ⎦min)1( N M m
N dataP ⋅⋅+= ,
where:
,34= M
( ) ⎣ ⎦),min(21
32
1min +=⋅+
M M m
N data N ,
⎪⎩
⎪⎨
⎧
=
.64,2
,16,1
,,0
QAM
QAM
QPSK
m
The segment size may assume two different values, a first value Ua for the first P1 segments(first interleaver cycles or first runs) and a second value Ub for the remaining P-P1 segments(last interleaver cycles or last runs).
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 55/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 52/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
The numberP1 is given by:
⎥⎦
⎤⎢⎣
⎡⋅−
+⋅= min _
_
1)1(2
1 fill
total fill N P
m
N P ,
where:
Pm N
fill
total fill N ⋅+⋅⋅= )1(2min _ _ 2 ,
datatotal fill N mP M N N −+⋅⋅⋅= )1( _ ,
⎡ ⎤ min N N M Pr += ⋅ ,
min1N M Pr
m
N data ⋅⋅−=+ .
The segment sizes are given by ))2()(1( min _ +−⋅+= filla N M N mU and
))(1( min _ fillb N M N mU −⋅+= .
The output bits of the resource segmentation for the p-th segment (p=1,2,…, P) are denotedby
pU p p p uuu ,2,1, ,,, K , where Up stands for the size of the p-th segment and takes on either
the value Ua orUb.
Note: N and M denote the number of rows and columns of the basic block interleaver,respectively, cf. next section.
8.4.7 PDSCH Interleaving
A detailed proposal for PDSCH interleaving (block interleaving) is given in [6].
The block interleaver is applied to each segment. Let Up denote the size of the p-th segment(p=1,2,…P) and let the corresponding input bits to the interleaver be denoted by
.,,, ,2,1, pU p p p uuu K
In analogy with the Rel. 6 block interleaver for HS-DSCH, the PDSCH block interleaver usesm+1 parallel basic interleavers, where m=0 for QPSK, m=1 for 16QAM and m=2 for 64QAM. The output bits from the physical channel segmentation are divided two by two between thebasic interleavers and bits are collected two by two from the basic interleavers.
The interleaver structure is exemplified in Figure 13 for 64QAM. With 64QAM, bits up,k and
up,k+1 go to the first interleaver, bits up,k+2 and up,k+3 go to the second interleaver and bits up,k+4 and up,k+5 go to the third interleaver. Bits vp,k and vp,k+1 are obtained from the first interleaver,bits vp,k+2 and vp,k+3 are obtained from the second interleaver, and bits vp,k+4 and vp,k+5 areobtained from the third interleaver where k mod 6=1.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 56/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 53/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
Interleaver
(N x M)up,k up,k+1 vp,k vp,k+1
Interleaver(N x M)
up,k+2 up,k+3 vp,k+2 vp,k+3
Interleaver(N x M)
up,k+4 up,k+5 vp,k+4 vp,k+5
up,k,up,k+1,...up,k+5
Figure 13: PDSCH interleaver structure for 64QAM.
The basic interleaver (denoted as ALU version v2) has a variable number of rows N and a
fixed number of columns .34= M
The PUSCH interleaver is designed to have approximately square basic block interleaver
structure with matrix sizes similar to 3GPP Rel. 6 (except for small number of input bits). Thenumber of rows N is computed as described in the previous section.
The maximum number of bits that can be stored in the basic interleaver matrix is given by N M × , i.e. an entry of the basic interleaver matrix corresponds to a single bit of the input
sequence.
The input bits are written into the basic interleaver matrix column by column, as illustrated inFigure 14. The number of interleaver runs illustrated in Figure 14 corresponds to the numberof segments P.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 57/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 54/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
write
order
read order read order
Number of
first runs: P1
Number of
last runs: P-P1
Number of
runs/segments
1 1 8 35 52 10 27 44 61
2 1 9 36 53 11 28 45 62
3 20 37 54 12 29 46 63
4 2 1 38 55 13 30 47 64
5 2 2 39 56 14 31 48 65
6 2 3 40 57 15 32 49 66
7 2 4 41 58 16 33 50 67
8 2 5 42 59 17 34 51 68
9 26 43 60
1 19 37 54 10 28 46 63
2 20 38 55 11 29 47 64
3 21 39 56 12 30 48 65
4 22 40 57 13 31 49 66
5 23 41 58 14 32 50 67
6 24 42 59 15 33 51 68
7 25 43 60 16 34 52 69
8 26 44 61 17 35 53 70
9 27 45 62 18 36
Number of runs: P
m+1 parallel basic
interleavers
Nfill_min filling bits
Nfill_min+2
filling bits
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
index
write
order
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
index
Example parameters:- m=2
- P=6 and P1=4- NxM=9x8
- Nfill_min=2
- write order of columns:
<0, 4, 1, 5, 2, 6, 3, 7>
Figure 14: PDSCH block interleaver structure.
Possibly some entries in the basic interleaver matrix are not filled with data bits and insteadfilling bits are inserted. The filling bits are inserted into the last columns of the last row of thebasic interleaver matrix, as illustrated in grey colour in Figure 14. The filling bits have to bepruned during readout. The number of filling bits per basic interleaver is given by
( 2min _ + fill N ) in the first P1 interleaver runs and by min _ fill N in the last P-P1 interleaver runs,
where min _ fill N is defined in the previous section.
The input bits are written into the basic interleaver matrix column by column, where theorder of columns is given by the following sequence of column indices (this is similar to aninter-column permutation):
- <0, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 1, 6, 11, 16, 21, 26, 31, 2, 7, 12, 17, 22, 27, 32, 3, 8, 13, 18,23, 28, 33, 4, 9, 14, 19, 24, 29>.
The columns are always written from top to bottom, i.e. the order of rows is given by thesequence <0, 1, 2, …>.
(Note that the column write order <0, 4, 1, 5, 2, 6, 3, 7> is exemplified in Figure 14.)
The output of the basic interleaver is the bit sequence read out row by row (i.e. withsequence <0, 1, 2, …>) from the M N × matrix.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 58/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 55/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
8.4.8 Physical Resource Concatenation for PDSCH
This function block simply concatenates the block interleaved segments according to
Pdata U PU N vvvvvvr r r ,2,21,2,12,11,121 ,,,,,,,...,,1
KK=
to obtain a bit sequence of lengthdata N .
8.5 Modulation and Physical Resource Mapping
The output signal of the coding chain is further processed by means of UE-specificscrambling, constellation re-arrangement for 16QAM/64QAM, modulation mapping, spatialmultiplexing (MIMO precoder) and physical resource mapping.
8.5.1 UE-Specific Scrambl ing
The scrambling sequence generation uses Gold sequences as agreed during 3GPPRAN1#51bis meeting in Sevilla.
The initialization of the Gold sequences is as agreed during 3GPP RAN1#52 meeting inSorrento (cf. 3GPP R1-081106), but time-variant input variables are avoided to reduce testeffort (i.e. the variable <Subframe_Num> is replaced by <Cell_ID>).
The inputs of the UE-specific scrambling are given by:
- the sequence of bitsdata N r r r ...,, 21 obtained from the PDSCH coding chain,
- the UE identity 16,2,1, ,,, ueueueue x x x X K= ,
-
the cell identity 16,2,1, ,,, cellcellcellcell x x x X K=
,- the stream identity 1,marimari x X = (cf. Section 7.1.1),
where we use the index 1 to indicate the LSB, and the index 16 to indicate the MSB, inunsigned binary representation.
The UE-specific scrambling is defined by:
,,...,2,1,2mod )( 1 datak k k N k cr r =+=′ −
where the }1,0{∈′k r denote the output bits of the UE-specific scrambling, and the
}1,0{)(1 ∈== − nccc k ndenote a Gold sequence generated by modulo-2 addition of the
output sequences )(1 n x and )(2 n x of two feedback shift registers of length 31,
,1,,0},1,0{)(,2mod ))()(()( 21 −=∈+= data N nncn xn xncK
and the generator polynomials of the binary sequences )(1 n x and )(2 n x are given by
1331 ++ x x and 12331 ++++ x x x x , respectively. The generation of the Gold sequence isdepicted in Figure 15 (cf. R1-080318).
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 59/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 56/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
1
x1(n)
x2(n)
c(n)
Init x1: ...
Init x2:
... xUE,16
(MSB)
MSB LSB
... xcell,9
(MSB)xcell,1
(LSB)0
0 0
xcell,4...1
(MSB...LSB)x
mari,1
xUE,1
(LSB)
Figure 15: Feedback shift register for UE-specific scrambling sequence.
The 31 entries of the first shift register are initialized according to:0,1)(1 == nn x (LSB, green in Figure 15),
,300,0)(1 ≤<= nn x (grey in Figure 15).
The second shift register is initialized with
,222 14139
UE maricellcell X X X X ++′′+′
where:
- 9,2,1, ,,,cellcellcellcell x x x X K=′ denotes a shortened 9bit cell identifier (blue in Figure 15),
- 4,2,1, ,,,cellcellcellcell x x x X K=′′ denotes a shortened 4bit cell identifier (yellow in Figure
15),
- 1,marimari x X = denotes the 1bit stream identifier (pink in Figure 15), and
- 16,2,1, ,,, UE UE UE UE x x x X K= denotes the 16bit UE identifier (red in Figure 15),
where we use the index 1 to indicate the LSB. Note that one position is initialized with zero:
0)(2 =n x for 30=n (grey in Figure 15).
The outputs of the shift registers ,30),(),( 21 >nn xn x are iteratively obtained according to:
,2mod ))()3(()31( 111 n xn xn x ++=+
.2mod ))()1()2()3(()31( 22222 n xn xn xn xn x ++++++=+
8.5.2 Constellation Re-Arrangement for 16QAM/64QAM
Constellation re-arrangement for 16QAM is as specified in §4.5.7 of [4].
Constellation re-arrangement for 64QAM is defined as follows:- The bits of the input sequence are mapped in groups of 6 according to r’p,k, r’p,k+1,
r’p,k+2, r’p,k+3 , r’p,k+4, r’p,k+5 , where k mod 6 = 1.- The groups of 6 input bits are mapped to groups of 6 output bits sp,k, sp,k+1, sp,k+2,
sp,k+3, sp,k+4, sp,k+5 , where k mod 6 = 1.- The mapping of input bits to output bits is controlled by the constellation version
parameter b as defined in Table 15.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 60/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 57/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
Table 15: Constellation re-arrangement for 64QAM.
Constellationversion parameter b
Output bit sequencesp,k, sp,k+1, sp,k+2, sp,k+3, sp,k+4, sp,k+5
Operation
0 r’p,k r’p,k+1 r’p,k+2 r’p,k+3 r’p,k+4 r’p,k+5 None1 r’p,k+4 r’p,k+5 r’p,k r’p,k+1 r’p,k+2 r’p,k+3 Right cyclic shift of 2 bits
2 r’p,k+2 r’p,k+3 r’p,k+4 r’p,k+5 r’p,k r’p,k+1 Left cyclic shift of 2 bits
3 r’p,k+4 r’p,k+5 r’p,k+2 r’p,k+3 r’p,k r’p,k+1 Swapping MSBs with
LSBs
For QPSK, the constellation re-arrangement is transparent.
8.5.3 Modulation Mapper
QPSK, 16QAM and 64QAM modulation shall be supported.
The modulation mapper is as specified in §7 of [1].
(Note that for QPSK and 16QAM modulation, the modulation mapping of 3GPP Rel. 8 [1] isidentical to the modulation mapping of 3GPP Rel. 6 (TS25.213). For 64QAM modulation, themodulation mapping of 3GPP Rel. 8 [1] is identical to the modulation mapping used in thestudy item phase of HSDPA (TR25.848 V4.0.0).)
8.5.4 Spatial Multiplexing
8.5.4.1 SISO Case
In SISO case, the codeword is transmitted via antenna port #0.
8.5.4.2 2Tx Diversity (MISO)
2 Tx Diversity (MISO) is not supported at LTE TDD Demo S0.In 2Tx diversity case, the codeword is SFBC encoded and transmitted simultaneously viaantenna ports #0 and #1.
The SFBC encoding is compliant with 3GPP Rel. 8 (TS36.211 V1.2.0) and defined asfollows:
- Let 1, +ii d d denote two consecutive complex-valued modulation symbols.
- On antenna port #0, the first modulation symbol id is mapped to a first subcarrierwith index
jk , and the second modulation symbol 1+id is mapped to the adjacent
subcarrier with index 1+ jk . In other words, the SFBC encoding for antenna port #0 is
transparent.
- On antenna port #1, the modulation symbol *
1+− id is mapped to the subcarrier with
index jk , and the modulation symbol *
id is mapped to the adjacent subcarrier with
index 1+ jk , where *
id denotes the conjugate complex of id .
If 2Tx diversity is configured, SFBC encoding is applied to both PDSCH and PDCCH (DL
ACK/NACK and scheduling messages, tbd.).
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 61/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 58/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
Note that in case of scheduling messages on PDCCH (tbd.), the number of modulationsymbols is odd (75 modulation symbols). In this case, a zero shall be appended to obtain asequence of 76 modulation symbols, and the respective SFBC encoded symbols to bemapped to the 76th subcarrier shall not be transmitted.
8.5.4.3 MIMO Precoding
Both SU-MIMO and MU-MIMO are not supported at LTE TDD Demo S0.
In SU-MIMO case, codeword #0 is transmitted via antenna port #0 and codeword #1 istransmitted via antenna port #1.
In MU-MIMO case, codeword #0 of UE #0 is transmitted via antenna port #0 and codeword#0 of UE #1 is transmitted via antenna port #1.
8.5.5 Physical Resource Mapping
PDSCH is transmitted in each ‘D’ subframe.
Resource elements not used (or reserved) for reference signals, synchronisation signals orPDCCH shall be used for transmission of PDSCH.
The physical resource mapping for PDSCH can be called “in frequency first over allallocated resource units”:
- The sequence of modulation symbols is mapped to resource elements withincreasing active subcarrier index k over all resource units allocated for the user,
starting in OFDM symbol l=2 of the first slot of a subframe until all allocated resourceelements in the OFDM symbol are filled.- The mapping is continued in the next OFDM symbols (in sequence of
l=2,3,4,5,6,0,1,2,3,4,5,6 in downlink subframe (not special subframe) also withincreasing active subcarrier index.
- The OFDM symbols l=0,1 of the first slot of a subframe are not used for PDSCHtransmission as they carry the PDCCH.
The physical resource mapping for PDSCH is illustrated in the Appendix.
9 DOWNLINK TIMING
The process UE corrects its transmission timing advance based on uplink time advancecorrection message in PDCCH is described in section 8.3[11]. This section clarifies thetiming issues related to DL HARQ.
9.1 HARQ Timing
At LTE TDD Demo S0, only uplink-downlink allocations configuration 5 is supported, aslisted in section 4.1 Table 3.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 62/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 59/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
Number of HARQ processes and HARQ RTT depend on TDD configurations as shown in Table 16 according to [13].
Table 16: Maximum number of UL/DL HARQ processes
configuratio
n
Subframe No. No. of DL
HARQprocesses(with dataonDwPTS)
No. of DL
HARQprocesses(w/o dataonDwPTS)
Max DL
HARQRTT(ms, w/odata onDwPTS)
No. of UL
HARQprocesses
Max
ULHARQRTT(ms)
5 DSUDDDDDDD 15 13 17 1 10
In Table 16, ‘Data Transmission in DwPTS’ means that PDSCH is transmitted in DwPTS of special subframe. And it assumes that the data should be re-transmitted in the specialsubframe (i.e. DwPTS) if the feedback is NACK.
The eNB shall use
- 13 DL
HARQ N = HARQ processes for PDSCH, configuration 5;
[16]For pre-delivery only: [UE and eNB shall be configurable for mode1 and mode2:mode1: no HARQ retransmission for UL and DL, DL up to 8 HARQ processes.
eNB may send initial transmissions only(coding and signaling on PDCCH as thisspecification defined.)
HARQ IDs may be in the range 0...7 (4 bits used for signaling as this specificationdefined)
A single 1-bit ACK will be sent by the UE for all 8 HARQ processes from an &-operation.
mode2:UL and DL HARQ, with restrict max number of HARQ process 1 for S0.1(HARQid=0),can be sent in any DL subframe.
UE should feedback the ACK/NACK in the way defined in 6.3.1 of [11].]
9.1.1 DL HARQ Timing Relationship
For TDD UL/DL configurations 5, the UE shall upon detection of a PDCCH UL grant insubframe n (n=8 only) intended for the UE, adjust the corresponding PUSCH transmission insubframe n+k, with k given in Table 17.
Table 17: k for TDD configuration 5
DL subframe number nTDD UL/DLConfiguratio
n 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
5 4
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 63/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 60/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
For TDD[14], the UE shall upon detection of a PDSCH transmission in subframe n intendedfor the UE and for which an ACK/NACK shall be provided, transmit the ACK/NACK responsein UL subframe n+k, with where k depends on the subframe n according to k>3.
Table 18:Uplink ACK/NACK timing indexk for TDD
Subframe nConfiguration0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
5 12 11 - 9 8 7 6 5 4 13
At LTE TDD Demo S0, no PDSCH transmitted on subframe 1.
Given TDD UL/DL configuration 5, up to 13 DL Hybrid ARQ processes #0 till #12 aresupported in case of no PDSCH transmitted on special subframe, as shown in Figure 16.Note that the HARQ process number #0 …#12 shown in Figure 16 is just for example.Actually, TDD DL HARQ process number is dynamically scheduled by eNB. Figure 16represents TDD UL/DL configuration 5 in S0, and max 13 HARQ processes are used in S0.
Subframe No. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
D S U D D D D D D D D S U D D D D D D D D S U D D D D D D D
PDSCH 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 12 7 8 9 10
PDCCH: DL grant
70 8
1 9
2 10
3 11
4 0
5 1
6 2
ACK/NACK
on UL
TDD Configuration 5
1 radio frame(10ms)
Max DL HARQ Round Trip Time =17ms
Figure 16: HARQ process number for uplink-downlink allocations configuration 5
For TDD UL/DL allocation configuration 5, the use of a single uplink subframe for providingHARQ feedback for multiple PDSCH transmission is supported by distinguishing all thecorresponding individual PDSCH transmission ACK/NACKs with different Hadamardspreading sequences and Zadoff-Chu spreading sequences as said in section 6.3.1[11].
In case of DL scheduling grant, we assume that in subframe i# , the UE receives a transport
block on PDSCH, transmitted by the eNB with HARQ process number n# . The DLscheduling grant on PDCCH indicating the PDSCH transport block to the UE is transmitted
by eNB within the same subframe i# .
The HARQ process number n# for the PDSCH transport block transmitted in subframe i# is selected by the eNB scheduler and explicitly signalled to the UE within the DL schedulinggrant on PDCCH. The eNB shall in this case not use the same HARQ process number n# for the transmission of a PDSCH transport block before receiving the correspondingACK/NACK + 3 ms. The mapping of HARQ process ID to the DL subframe number iscompletely flexible (due to asynchronous HARQ in DL) but considering this timing constraint. The earliest subframe in which eNB is allowed to use the same HARQ process number n#
for the transmission of a PDSCH transport block is subframe #( ) HARQi K + .
- In case of configuration 5, HARQK is given in Table 19
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 64/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 61/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
- Table 19: HARQK for for uplink-downlink allocations configuration 5
DL subframe index of configuration 5
i 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
HARQK 16 20* 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
*If HARQ #n is in special subframe(not supported at S0), its retransmission should be innext special subframe only.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 65/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 62/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l . 10 GLOSSARY
Acronym Defini tion
BW Bandwidth
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DL Downlink
DwPTS Downlink Pilot Time Slot
eNB Enhanced Node B
FDM Frequency Division Multiplexing
FFT Fast Fourier Transform
HARQ Hybrid ARQ
IFFT Inverse Fast Fourier Transform
MAC Medium Access Control
MIMO Multiple Input Multiple Output
MISO Multiple Input Single Output
MU-MIMO Multi-user MIMO
PDCCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
PDSCH Physical Downlink Shared Channel
PUCCH Physical Uplink Control Channel
PUSCH Physical Uplink Shared Channel
RU Resource unit
SCH Synchronisation Channel
SFBC Space Frequency Block Coding
SFN System Frame Number
SISO Single Input Single Output
SU-MIMO Single User MIMO
TBS Transport Block Size
TTI Transmission Time Interval
UE User Equipment
UpPTS Uplink Pilot Time Slot
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 66/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 63/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l . 11 APPENDIX – RESOURCE MAPPING EXAMPLE
The Figure 17 illustrates the time-frequency structure of the LTE TDD downlink (UL/DLconfiguration 5 and special subframe configuration8) and exemplifies the physical resource
mapping for the 10MHz BW case.
Note that 0=hop f is assumed.
The figure illustrates the resource allocation for antenna port #0, and it illustrates a subframenot carrying the synchronisation signal (i.e. subframe #3-#4 or #7-#9).
Reference symbols in positions R0 that are transmitted from antenna port p=0 are shown inred colour. They are filled with the reference sequence symbols )(nC in the form:
- In the first slot of a subframe: )99(),...,1(),0( 99,01,00,0 C RC RC R === in OFDM
symbol l=0 and )199(),...,101(),100(199,0101,0100,0
C RC RC R === in OFDM symbol
l=4.
- In the second slot of a subframe: )299(),...,201(),200( 299,0201,0200,0 C RC RC R ===
in OFDM symbol l=0 and )399(),...,301(),300( 399,0301,0300,0 C RC RC R === in OFDM
symbol l=4.
Reference symbols in positions R1 that are not transmitted from antenna port p=0 are shownin black colour. They are filled with zeros in 1Tx case.
Note that in the frequency domain, the distance between consecutive reference symbolscontained in the same OFDM symbol equals 6 subcarriers (6x15kHz), except around the DC
subcarrier where it equals 7 subcarriers (7x15kHz).
The first two OFDM symbols (l=0 and l=1) of a subframe are used for PDCCH:- The first OFDM symbol (l=0) of a subframe is reserved for carrying DL ACK/NACK
information. In 10MHz BW case a number of 24 frequency-distributed DL ACK/NACK channel elements is supported (i=0…23), each channel element consists of 16resource elements ( j=0…15). The DL ACK/NACK channel elements occupy theresource elements not carrying reference symbols. They are indicated by the
symbols 15...0,23...0,, == jia ji(yellow colours). Some resource elements at the
upper band edge are not used and zeros are filled in (white colour).- The second OFDM symbol (l=1) of a subframe is used for carrying the PDCCH
control channel elements #0-#7. A PDCCH control channel element can be used tocarry a single DL/UL scheduling grant. The physical resource mapping for PDCCH isindicated by the running indices of the sequences s.
In this example, PDSCH is transmitted simultaneously to 2 Ues in the same subframe,where UE #0 allocates the resource units #0-#24 (dark green colour), and UE #1 allocatesthe resource units #25-#49 (light green colour). In this example, PDCCH control channelelements #0 and #1 (light turquoise colours) could be used to carry the DL schedulinggrants for the two PDSCH users (if no UL scheduling grants are transmitted in the samesubframe).
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 67/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 64/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
The physical resource mapping for PDSCH is indicated by the running indices of thesequences d which denote the sequences of PDSCH modulation symbols for either of theusers.
812 599 S75
811 598 S75
810 597 S75 R199 R399
809 596 S75
808 595 S75
807 594 R99 S75 R299
806 593 S75
805 592 S75
804 591 S74 R198 R398
803 590 S74
802 589 S74
801 588 R98 S74 R298
524 311 a15,8 S39
523 310 a14,8 S39
522 309 S39 R151 R351
521 308 a13,8 S39
520 307 a12,8 S39
519 306 R51 S39 R251
518 305 a11,8 S39
517 304 a10,8 S39
516 303 S38 R150 R350
515 302 a9,8 S38
514 301 a8,8 S38
513 300 R50 S38 R250
511 299 a7,8 S38
510 298 a6,8 S38
509 297 S38 R149 R349 reference symbols
508 296 a5,8 S38
507 295 a4,8 S37 idle symbols = zeros (unused reference symbol positions)
506 294 R49 S37 R249
505 293 a3,8 S37 UE #0 data symbols
504 292 a2,8 S37
503 291 S37 R148 R348 UE #1 data symbols
502 290 a1,8 S37
501 289 a0,8 S37 PDCCH control channel element #0
500 288 R48 S37 R248 PDCCH control channel element #1
PDCCH control channel element #6
223 11 a7,0 S2 PDCCH control channel element #7
222 10 a6,0 S2
221 9 S2 R101 R301 DL ACK/NACK channel elements (ai,j; i=0…23, j=0…15)
220 8 a5,0 S2
219 7 a4,0 S1 dummy symbols = zeros (unused Res)
218 6 R1 S1 R201
217 5 a3,0 S1
216 4 a2,0 S1
215 3 S1 R100 R300
214 2 a1,0 S1
213 1 a0,0 S1
212 0 R0 S1 R200
r e s r o u c e
u n i t 0
r e s r o u c e
u n i t 2 4
r e s r o u c e
u n i
t 2 5
r e s r o u c e
u n i t 4 9
1slot=0.5ms(even) 1slot=0.5ms(odd)
1sub-frame = 1ms
Figure 17: normal downlink subframe(w/o sync signals) physical resource mappingexample for the 10MHz BW
The Figure 18 illustrates the time-frequency structure of subframe#1 for the LTE downlinkand exemplifies the physical resource mapping for the 10MHz BW case.
In DwPTS, PDSCH and PDCCH are not transmitted. Only primary synchronisation signalsand reference signals are transmitted in DwPTS.
The primary synchronisation signals occupy the centre 6RUs at OFDM symbol l=2 of
subframe #1 and #6.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 68/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 65/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
812 599
811 598
810 597 R199
809 596
808 595
807 594 R99 R299
806 593
805 592
804 591 R198
803 590
802 589
801 588 R98 R298
560 347
559 346
558 345 R157
557 344
556 343
555 342 R57 R257
554 341
553 340
552 339 R156551 338
550 337
549 336 R56 R256
548 335
547 334
546 333 R155
545 332
544 331
543 330 R55 R255
542 329
541 328
540 327 R154
539 326
538 325
537 324 R54 R254
524 311
523 310
522 309 R151
521 308
520 307
519 306 R51 R251
518 305
517 304
516 303 R150
515 302
514 301
513 300 R50 R250
511 299 UpPTS
510 298
509 297 R149 reference symbols
508 296
507 295 idle symbols =zeros (unused reference symbol positions)
506 294 R49 R249
505 293 P-SCH
504 292
503 291 R148 Reserved symbols for P-SCH
502 290
501 289 dummy symbols =zeros (unused Res)500 288 R48 R248
487 275
486 274
485 273 R145
484 272
483 271
482 270 R45 R245
481 269
480 268
479 267 R144
478 266
477 265
476 264 R44 R244
475 263
r e s r o u c e u n i t 2 4
r e s r o u c e u n i t 2 5
r e s r o u c e u n i t 4 9
i n d e x k : F r e q u e n c y ( 6 0 0 s u b - c
a r r i e r s )
1slot=0.5ms(even) 1slot=0.5ms(odd)
1sub-frame =1ms
r e s r o u c e u n i t 2 7
r e s r o u c e u n i t 2 2
r e s r o u c e u n i t 2 8
Figure 18: Subframe1 physical resource mapping example for the 10MHz BW
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 69/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 66/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
The Figure 19 illustrates the time-frequency structure of subframe#6 for the LTE downlinkand exemplifies the physical resource mapping for the 10MHz BW case.
In this example, PDSCH is transmitted to one Ue#0 only in subframe #6, where UE #0allocates the resource units #0-#21 and #28-#49 (OFDM symbol 2~10) (light greencolour),except the centre 6 RUs(#22-#27) and other resource elements used by primarysynchronisation signals and reference signals.
The primary synchronisation signals occupy the centre 6RUs at OFDM symbol l=2 of subframe #1 and #6.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 70/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 67/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
812 599 S75
811 598 S75
810 597 S75 R199 R399
809 596 S75
808 595 S75
807 594 R99 S75 R299
806 593 S75
805 592 S75
804 591 S74 R198 R398
803 590 S74
802 589 S74
801 588 R98 S74 R298
560 347 15,1 S44
559 346 14,1 S44
558 345 S44 R157 R357
557 344 13,1 S44
556 343 12,1 S43555 342 R57 S43 R257
554 341 11,1 S43
553 340 10,1 S43
552 339 S43 R156 R356
551 338 a9,1 S43
550 337 a8,1 S43
549 336 R56 S43 R256
548 335 a7,1 S42
547 334 a6,1 S42
546 333 S42 R155 R355
545 332 a5,1 S42
544 331 a4,1 S42
543 330 R55 S42 R255
542 329 a3,1 S42
541 328 a2,1 S42
540 327 S41 R154 R354
539 326 a1,1 S41
538 325 a0,1 S41
537 324 R54 S41 R254
524 311 a15, S39
523 310 a14, S39
522 309 S39 R151 R351
521 308 a13, S39
520 307 a12, S39
519 306 R51 S39 R251
518 305 a11, S39
517 304 a10, S39
516 303 S38 R150 R350515 302 a9,8 S38
514 301 a8,8 S38
513 300 R50 S38 R250
511 299 a7,8 S38
510 298 a6,8 S38
509 297 S37 R149 R349 reference symbols
508 296 a5,8 S38
507 295 a4,8 S37 idle symbols =zeros (unused
506 294 R49 S37 R249
505 293 a3,8 S37 P-SCH
504 292 a2,8 S37
503 291 S37 R148 R348 Reserved symbols for P-SCH
502 290 a1,8 S37
501 289 a0,8 S37 UE #1 data symbols
500 288 R48 S37 R248
PDCCH control channel elem
487 275 a15, S35 PDCCH control channel elem
486 274 a14, S35
485 273 S35 R145 R345
484 272 a13, S35 PDCCH control channel elem
483 271 a12, S34 PDCCH control channel elem
482 270 R45 S34 R245
481 269 a11, S34 DL ACK/NACK channel elem
480 268 a10, S34
r e s r o u c e u n i t 2 4
r
e s r o u c e u n i t 2 5
r e s r o u c e u n i t 4 9
e x k : F r e q u e n c y ( 6 0 0 s u b - c a r r i e r s )
1slot=0.5ms(even) 1slot=0.5ms(odd)
1sub-frame =1ms
r e s r o
u c e u n i t 2 7
r o u c e u n i t 2 2
r e s r o u c e u n
i t 2 8
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 71/131
LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification(step 0)
ED 01 Release
MAD
28.07.20083BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 68/68
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
Figure 19: Subframe6 physical resource mapping example for the 10MHz BW
END OF DOCUMENT
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 72/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 1/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
Site
Shanghai ALCATEL-LUCENT MAD
Originator(s) LTE TDD Demo Uplink
Specification Step 0
Domain : eNodeB
Rubric : LTE
Type : Sub System Implementation Proposal
Distribution Codes Internal : External :
PREDISTRIBUTION:
...
ABSTRACT
This document specifies the LTE uplink physical layer for LTE TDD demo system.S0 (step0) .
This specification is developed based on LTE FDD Uplink Detailed Specification D2.4 andaims at a joint integration step with UE vendors by December 2008.
The major uplink features of prototype phase are:
- LTE TDD Mode- 10MHz bandwidth- LTE TDD UL/DL allocation configuration 5- Adaptation of 3GPP numerology (1ms subframe, slot structure with long blocks)- Adaptation of Rel. 8 coding chain (QPP interleaver)- QPSK and 16QAM modulation- SISO/SIMO with scheduled transmission, link adaptation and HARQ:
o Link adaptation using channel sounding in UL not supported at S0o HARQ using ACK/NACK signalled in DLo TDM/FDM scheduling using UL scheduling grants in DL
- MU-MIMO with static transport formats not supported at S0- ACK/NACK and CQI in UL to support DL scheduling and HARQ
- Random access preamble for call setup not supported at S0- Up to 2 users in single cell with aggregate data rates of up to 1.824Mbps in uplink
(TFRC 50)- Trial network with up to 1 eNB with up to 1 sector per eNB
The higher layer protocol aspects are specified in a companion document.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 73/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 2/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
Approvals
Name
App.
Herold Bernd Zhang J ianlin Li Chunting
Name
App.
TPL TPL R&D director
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 74/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 3/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
REVIEW
HISTORY
Ed01P01 13-May-08 First proposal based on LTE FDD Uplink DetailedSpecification D2.4
Ed01P02 19-May-08 Modified according to internal commentsBecause the UL ACK/NACKs of one user for multipleHARQ processes are not sent in bundling style, newcoding and physical resource mapping method is definedat section [6.3] to support sending multiple processes’ ULACK/NACKs at one UL subframe by one user.
Ed01P03 6-J une-08 Modified according to Schuetz Thomas ‘s commentsdouble ACK/NACK resources, reduce CQI resources
Ed01P04 27-June-08 Modified according to “Memo of LTE TDD Demospecification step0”
Ed01Rel 28-J uly-08 Release based on Ed01P04
INTERNAL REFERENCED DOCUMENTS
Not applicable.
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
Not applicable.
Co-authors of this paper are:
Not applicable.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 75/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 1/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
Sub System Implementation Proposal
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 REFERENCED DOCUMENTS ........................................................................................4
2 RELATED DOCUMENTS................................................................................................5
3 OVERVIEW......................................................................................................................5
3.1 Physical Layer Parameters ....................................................................................6
3.2 Physical Channels and Signals .............................................................................6
3.3 Uplink Transmission Chain ...................................................................................7
4 UPLINK STRUCTURE.....................................................................................................8
4.1 Time Domain Structure[14][15] .............................................................................9
4.2 Time and Frequency Domain Structure..............................................................10
5 REFERENCE SIGNALS ................................................................................................11
5.1 Demodulation Reference Signal..........................................................................12
5.1.1 Physical Resource Allocation...................................................................12
5.1.2 Sequence Generation..............................................................................12
5.1.2.1 Sequence Allocation over one Resource Block..............................13
5.1.2.2 Sequence Allocation over two Resource Blocks ............................13
5.1.2.3 Sequence Allocation over more than two Resource Blocks ...........14
5.1.3 Sequence Allocation................................................................................14
5.1.3.1 PUSCH Case..................................................................................14
5.1.3.2 UL ACK/NACK Case on PUCCH....................................................15
5.1.3.3 CQI Case on PUCCH .....................................................................15
5.2 Sounding Reference Signal .................................................................................16
5.2.1 Physical Resource Mapping....................................................................16
5.2.2 Sequence Generation..............................................................................17 5.2.3 Sequence Allocation................................................................................17
6 PHYSICAL UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL .................................................................17
6.1 Physical Resource Mapping ................................................................................18
6.2 Spreading Sequences ..........................................................................................21
6.3 UL ACK/NACK .......................................................................................................22
6.3.1 Coding and Physical Resource Mapping.................................................22
6.3.2 HARQ Exceptions....................................................................................24
6.4 Channel Quality Indicator and Scheduling Request .........................................24
6.4.1 CQI Definition...........................................................................................24
6.4.1.1 SINR to CQI Mapping.....................................................................25
6.4.1.2 Frequency Resolution.....................................................................25
6.4.1.3 Measurement Interval and Timing..................................................26
6.4.1.4 Subband Differential CQI................................................................26
6.4.1.5 Scheduling Request........................................................................27
6.4.1.6 Multiplexing of CQISR Reports.......................................................27
6.4.2 CQI Coding and Modulation.....................................................................28
6.4.3 Physical Resource Mapping....................................................................29
6.4.3.1 CQI Channel Elements...................................................................29
6.4.3.2 Spreading and Resource Mapping.................................................30
6.4.4 CQI Transmission Strategies...................................................................30
6.4.4.1 Mode 1: Wideband CQI ..................................................................30
6.4.4.2 Mode 2: Frequency-Selective CQI..................................................30
7 PHYSICAL UPLINK SHARED CHANNEL ....................................................................31
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 76/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 2/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
7.1 Resource Assignment and User Multiplexing....................................................31
7.2 RLC/MAC PDU Formats........................................................................................31
7.3 Scheduling Information Report ...........................................................................32
7.4 Transport Formats ................................................................................................33
7.5 Coding Chain ........................................................................................................33
7.5.1 CRC Attachment......................................................................................35
7.5.2 Bit Scrambling..........................................................................................35
7.5.3 Code Block Segmentation .......................................................................35
7.5.4 Channel Encoding....................................................................................35 7.5.5 Hybrid ARQ (Rate Matching) ...................................................................35
7.5.6 Resource Segmentation..........................................................................36
7.5.7 PUSCH Interleaving.................................................................................37
7.5.8 Physical Resource Concatenation for PUSCH ........................................40
7.6 Modulation and Physical Resource Mapping.....................................................40
7.6.1 UE-Specific Scrambling...........................................................................40
7.6.2 Constellation Re-Arrangement.................................................................41
7.6.3 Modulation Mapper..................................................................................41
7.6.4 Physical Resource Mapping....................................................................42
8 UPLINK TIMING ............................................................................................................42
8.1 HARQ Timing ........................................................................................................42 8.1.1 UL HARQ Timing Relationship ................................................................43
8.2 CQI Timing.............................................................................................................43
8.3 Switching Point .....................................................................................................44
9 RANDOM ACCESS PREAMBLE ..................................................................................44
9.1 Physical Layer Parameters ..................................................................................45
9.2 Time and Frequency Structure ............................................................................45
9.3 Preamble Sequence Generation..........................................................................46
9.4 Baseband Signal Generation ...............................................................................47
9.5 Resource Allocation .............................................................................................49
9.5.1 Time-Frequency Allocation......................................................................49
9.5.2 Sequence Allocation................................................................................49 9.6 Random Access Procedures ...............................................................................50
9.7 Random access burst power control ..................................................................50
9.8 Random access timing.........................................................................................51
10 GLOSSARY ...................................................................................................................53
11 APPENDIX – RESOURCE MAPPING EXAMPLE ........................................................54
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 77/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 3/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1: Transmit ter struc ture for SC-FDMA (modified from [2]). 8
Figure 2: Localised physical resource mapping (from [2]). 8
Figure 3: Frame struc ture type 2 (for 10 ms switch-point periodicity). 9
Figure 4: 7.5kHz shi ft of subcarrier frequencies in 10MHz BW case. 11
Figure 5: Definit ion of control channel resource. 21 Figure 6: UL ACK/NACK and CQI on PUCCH. 21
Figure 7: Frequency-select ive CQI definition in 10MHz BW case. 26
Figure 8: CQISR report ing in case of wideband CQI. 27
Figure 9: CQISR report ing in case of frequency-selective CQI for 10MHz BW. 28
Figure 10: Scheduling information report in RLC/MAC PDU header. 32
Figure 11: Coding chain for PUSCH (modif ied from [5]). 34
Figure 12: PUSCH interleaver structure for 16QAM. 38
Figure 13: PUSCH block interleaver structure. 39
Figure 14: Feedback shift register for UE-specific scrambling. 41
Figure 15: Timing relationship for UL HARQ processes (configuration 5) 43
Figure 16: Measurement interval and timing of CQI report (configuration 5) 44 Figure 17: LTE TDD UL-DL timing in air interface 44
Figure 18: Time structure of random access burst. 45
Figure 19: Transmitter structure for random access burst. 47
Figure 20: Frequency-domain mapping of random access preamble. 48
Figure 21: Random access timing for TDD configuration 5 and preamble format 0 52
Figure 22: Random access timing for TDD configuration 0 and preamble format 0 52
LIST OF TABLES
Table 1: Uplink physical layer parameters. 6 Table 2: Supported uplink physical channels and signals. 6
Table 3: Configuration of special subframe (lengths of DwPTS/GP/UpPTS). 9
Table 4: Uplink-downlink allocations. 10
Table 5: Frequency domain parameters for LTE UL. 10
Table 6: Demodulation reference sequence parameters. 13
Table 7: DFT spreading sequences for demodulation reference signal in UL ACK/NACK case. 15
Table 8: Allocation of sounding channel elements by UE groups. 16
Table 9: PUCCH configuration parameters. 21
Table 10: UL ACK/NACK channel element at subframe#n 22
Table 11: Hadamard spreading sequences for UL ACK/NACK. 23
Table 12: Mapping of SINR to CQI. 25
Table 13: Definit ion of frequency-select ive CQI. 25
Table 14: Coding for 2bit dif ferential CQI. 26
Table 15: Coding for 2bit scheduling request. 27
Table 16: Basis sequences for (20, A) code. 28
Table 17: Assignment of ),( v j parameters to CQI channel elements. 30
Table 18: Coding for UL transmiss ion power headroom reporting. 33
Table 19: Coding for UE total buffer status reporting. 33
Table 20: Example block sizes in coding chain 34
Table 21: RV parameters used with QPSK modulation. 36
Table 22: RV parameters used with 16QAM modulation. 36
Table 23: Maximum number of UL/DL HARQ processes 42
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 78/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 4/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
Table 24: kDL_ACK for LTE TDD Demo 43
Table 25: Physical layer parameters of random access burst(Preamble format 0). 45
Table 26: Time domain parameters of random access burst. 45
Table 27: Relation between shift parameter CS N , number of users and cell
radius(preamble format 0). 46
12 REFERENCED DOCUMENTS
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 79/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 5/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
[1] 3GPP TS 36.211 V8.1.0 (2007-11) "Physical Channels and Modulation (Release 8)”[2] 3GPP TR 25.814 V7.1.0 (2006-09) “Physical Layer Aspects for Evolved UTRA
(Release 7)”[3] D. Hartmann / F. Pelizza (ALU), LTE IP Traffic Concept, Phase D2.4, Ed01P03,
2007-12-03[4] LTE TDD Demo Transport Formats, Step 0, Ed01P01, 2008-06-11[5] 3GPP TS 25.212 V6.10.0 (2006-12) “Multiplexing and Channel Coding (Release 6)”[6] 3GPP TS 36.212 V1.0.0 (2007-03) “Multiplexing and Channel Coding (Release 8)”
[7] Alcatel-Lucent, Flexible Channel Interleaver for E-UTRA, 3GPP R1-071426, Mar.2007 and 3GPP R1-072046, May 2007
[8] V. Braun (ALU R&I), LTE Downlink, Prototype Phase D2.4, Detailed Specification,Ed02P02, 2008-02-21
[9] V. Braun (ALU R&I), LTE Cell Planning, Prototype Phase D2.4, Ed01P07, 2008-02-06
[10] V. Braun (ALU R&I), LTE UL DRS, Prototype Phase D2.4, Ed01P01, 2007-10-16
[11] 3GPP TS36.213 V8.1.0 (2007-11) “Physical Layer Procedures (Release 8)”
[12] LTE TDD Demo Downlink Specification (Step 0) ED01Rel
[13] 3GPP TS36.104 V8.1.0 (2008-03),” Base Station (BS) radio transmission
and reception (Release 8)”
[14] 3GPP TS 36.211 V8.2.0 (2008-3) "Physical Channels and Modulation(Release 8)”
[15] 3GPP R1-082239 ,” Correction of the description of frame structure type 2”
[16] Memo of LTE TDD Demo specification step0
13 RELATED DOCUMENTS
The following related documents will be provided during the LTE prototype Phase D2.
[R1] V. Braun (ALU R&I), LTE Downlink, Prototype Phase D2, Top Level Specification[R2] “, LTE Uplink, Prototype Phase D2, Top Level Specification[R3] “, LTE Feature List, Prototype Phase D2 (Excel sheet)[R4] ALU, RLC/MAC Design for LTE, Prototype Phase D2.x, Detailed Specification
14 OVERVIEW
The major uplink features of prototype phase are:- LTE TDD Mode- LTE TDD UL/DL allocation configuration 5- Special subframe configuration 8- 10MHz bandwidth- Adaptation of 3GPP numerology (1ms subframe, slot structure with long blocks)- Adaptation of Rel. 8 coding chain (QPP interleaver)- QPSK and 16QAM modulation- SISO/SIMO with scheduled transmission, link adaptation and HARQ:
o Link adaptation using channel sounding in UL not supported at S0o HARQ using ACK/NACK signalled in DLo TDM/FDM scheduling using UL scheduling grants in DL
- MU-MIMO with static transport formats not supported at S0- ACK/NACK and CQI in UL to support DL scheduling and HARQ- Random access preamble for call setup not supported at S0- Up to 2 users in single cell with aggregate data rates of up to 1.824Mbps in
uplink(TFRC 50)
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 80/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 6/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
- Up to 2 users receiving UL scheduling grants simultaneously per subframe in 10MHzBW
- Up to 2 users transmitting in UL simultaneously per subframe in 10MHz BW- Trial network with up to 1 eNB with up to 1 sector in the eNB
The remainder of this section gives a brief overview of the physical layer parameters, thesupported physical channels and signals and the UL transmission chain.
The numerology and notation follow the status of 3GPP WG RAN1 Version 8.1.0 specs asagreed by 3GPP RAN1#52 meeting (Sorrento, Feb. 2008).
14.1 Physical Layer Parameters
The major physical layer parameters are summarised in Table 1.
Table 20: Uplink physical layer parameters.
Parameter Value
in 10MHz BWComment
Transmission bandwidth 10MHzCarrier Frequency 2300MHz 3GPP Band class 40[13]Subcarrier spacing 15kHzSubcarrier frequencyoffset
7.5kHz DC subcarrier shifted to 7.5kHz
Sampling frequency 15.36MHzFFT size 1024 samplesNumber of activesubcarriers
600 Contiguous set of subcarrierswith 7.5kHz frequency shift
Frame length 10ms frame structure type 2 for TDD
Subframe length 1msSlot length 0.5msSlot structure Long blocks Normal cyclic prefix
14.2 Physical Channels and Signals
The supported physical channels and signals together with supported modulation schemesare summarised in Table 2.
Table 21: Supported uplink physical channels and signals.
Physical Channels Modulation Scheme Comment
Physical Uplink Shared ChannelPUSCH
QPSK, 16QAM Carries data for higher layers
Physical Uplink Control ChannelPUCCH
Zadoff-Chu Carries ACK/NACK and CQI to supporttransmission on downlink sharedchannel.
Physical Signals Modulation Scheme Comment
Reference Signals Zadoff-Chu Required for demodulation and channelsounding
The transmission power of PUSCH is adaptive and signalled to the UE within the UL
scheduling grants on the PDCCH.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 81/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 7/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
The demodulation reference signals applied in resource blocks carrying PUSCH shall havethe same power offsets as the respective PUSCH symbols, i.e. demodulation RS to PUSCHpower offset is equal to 0dB.
The transmission power of UL ACK/NACK, CQI and sounding reference signals is definedby separate power offsets relative to a reference transmission power of PUSCH:
- ACK to PUSCH power offset (default –1.5dB tbc.)
- NACK to PUSCH power offset (default –3.0dB tbc.)- CQI to PUSCH power offset (default –4.5dB tbc.)- sounding RS to PUSCH power offset (default –4.5dB)
The UL power offsets shall be configurable in the UE with step size 0.5dB and range –6dB…+6dB. In Step0, only PUCCH power offsets -6 ... 0 dB will be tested due to UElimitation[16].
A further transport format-dependent power offset Ptx_TF_PUCCH_dB with range –10dB …0dB is introduced, to reduce the transmission power of ACK, NACK or CQI in case of goodUL channel quality.
The transmission power of ACK/NACK/CQI is given as the PUSCH transmission power(dBm) + ACK/NACK/CQI to PUSCH power offset (dB) + Ptx_TF_PUCCH_dB, where Ptx_TF_PUCCH_dB is listed in the transport format table [4].
In all uplink subframes, whether PUSCH is transmitted or not, the corresponding PUSCHreference transmission power shall be computed by the UE for a reference transport formathaving Ptx_TF_dB=0dB (default transport format #47 having Ptx_TF_dB ~0dB) according tothe PUSCH power control formulas given in Section 7.2 of [11].
The demodulation reference signals applied in resource blocks carrying PUCCH shall havethe same power offsets as the respective ACK, NACK and CQI symbols.
Notes:- The power settings for the sounding reference signals are as described in §5.1.3 of
[11].- Closed loop PUCCH power control as described in §5.1.2 of [11] is not supported (i.e.
const ig =)( ).
14.3 Uplink Transmission Chain
SC-FDMA is applied as defined in [1]. The structure of the SC-FDMA transmitter is
illustrated in Figure 20.
DFTSub-carrier Mapping
CPinsertion
Size-NTX Size-NFFT
Coded symbol rate= R
N TX symbols
IFFT
7.5kHz
-1
CP
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 82/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 8/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
Figure 20: Transmitter structure for SC-FDMA (modified from [2]).
The physical channels and signals are multiplexed in the frequency domain (in thesubcarrier mapping part), transformed into the time domain by using an IFFT, and cyclicprefix is inserted in the time domain. The size of the IFFT is over the full system bandwidth,i.e. 1024 subcarriers (of which 600 are active subcarriers) in 10MHz BW.
Note that in compliance with §5.6 of [1], the 7.5kHz frequency offset is multiplied prior to thecyclic prefix insertion. Therefore the cyclic prefix has to be corrected by the factor –1, asillustrated in Figure 20.
For PUSCH, prior to the multiplexing in the frequency domain, a DFT spreading is appliedseparately for each user.
The DFT size TX N is upper bounded by the number of available subcarriers ( 600≤TX N in
10MHz BW) and given by )532(12 cba
TX N ××= with arbitrary integer values of a, b and c.
This restriction in the DFT size puts a constraint on the number of resource units that can beallocated to a user to 24 different values in 10MHz BW case.
Note that the TX N DFT input samples of a user shall have constant amplitude. The DFT
output samples are mapped to consecutive subcarriers, i.e. localised physical resourcemapping is supported as illustrated in Figure 21.
0
0
fromDFT
to IFFT
Figure 21: Localised physical resource mapping (from [2]).
Unused resource elements shall be filled with zeros in the frequency domain.
We assume that the UL ACK/NACK and CQI on PUCCH, and the sounding/demodulationreference signals are multiplexed directly in the frequency domain (in the subcarriermapping part), i.e. they are not fed through the DFT spreading.
Note that no spectrum shaping shall be used for the SC-FDMA sequence generation, andno frequency hopping pattern shall be applied for PUSCH transmission.
Two Rx antennas on eNodeB are applied, and the 1Tx1Rx and 1Tx2Rx cases are referredto as SISO and SIMO, respectively. In SIMO case, the eNB applies 2Rx diversity detection.
15 UPLINK STRUCTURE
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 83/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 9/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
. This section briefly describes the time and frequency domain structures of the LTE uplink.
15.1 Time Domain Structure[14][15]
The frame structure type 2 for TDD with normal prefix is applied as il lustrated in
Figure 1.
Figure 22: Frame structure type 2 (for 10 ms switch-point periodicity).
Time units ( )2048150001s ×=T seconds .
Each radio frame of length ms10307200 sf =⋅= T T consists of two half-frames of length
f T = ms5153600 s =⋅T each. The first half-frame consists of eight slots of length
ms5.015360 sslot =⋅= T T and three special fields, DwPTS, GP, and UpPTS. The length of
DwPTS and UpPTS is given by Table 22 subject to the total length of DwPTS, GP andUpPTS being equal to ms107203 s =⋅T . Subframe 1(special subframe) in UL/DL allocation
configuration 5 consists of DwPTS, GP and UpPTS. The second half-frame consists of tenslots of length ms5.015360 sslot =⋅= T T . All subframes except subframe 1 are defined as two
slots where subframe i consists of slots i2 and 12 +i . Subframes 0 and 5 and DwPTS arealways reserved for downlink transmission.
The supported uplink-downlink allocations are listed in Table 23, where, for each subframein a radio frame, “D” denotes the subframe is reserved for downlink transmissions, “U”denotes the subframe is reserved for uplink transmissions and “S” denotes a specialsubframe with the three fields DwPTS, GP and UpPTS. At LTE TDD Demo S0, only 10 msswitch-point periodicity is supported.
In case of 10 ms switch-point periodicity (UL/DL allocation configuration 5), DwPTS ,GP andUpPTS only exist in the first half-frame. UpPTS and subframe 2 are reserved for uplinktransmission.
Table 22: Configuration of special subframe (lengths of DwPTS/GP/UpPTS).
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 84/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 10/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
Normal cyclic prefixConfiguration
DwPTS GP UpPTS
8 s24144 T ⋅ s2192 T ⋅ s4384 T ⋅
At the LTE TDD demo S0, only normal cyclic prefix is supported and only special subframeconfiguration 8 is supported.
Table 23: Uplink-downlink allocations.
Subframe number Configuration
Switch-pointperiodicity
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
5 10 ms D S U D D D D D D D
At the LTE TDD demo S0, only the UL/DL allocation configuration 5 is supported.
With the long block slot structure, an uplink slot carries 7 SC-FDMA symbols when normalcyclic prefix is applied. The SC-FDMA symbols in a slot are denoted by the time index l =0,1,…6.
The cyclic prefix length is 80 samples for SC-FDMA symbol l=0 of a slot and 72 samples inthe remaining 6 SC-FDMA symbols of a slot in 10MHz BW, respectively. The active part of each SC-FDMA symbol uses 1024 samples in 10MHz BW.
15.2 Time and Frequency Domain Structure
The frequency-domain structure is described here in detail for the 10MHz BW case, and Table 24 summarises the frequency domain parameters for 10MHz bandwidths.
Table 24: Frequency domain parameters for LTE UL.
Parameter 10MHz BW
subcarrier spacing 15kHzsubcarrier frequency offset 7.5kHz#active subcarriers 600
active subcarrier index k 0...599IFFT size 1024#guard bands 2x212smallest used subcarrier number (k=0) 212highest used subcarrier number (k=kmax) 811subcarrier number for 7.5kHz subcarrier 512active subcarrier index k for 7.5kHzsubcarrier
300
active subcarrier frequencies as function of k 7.5kHz +(k-300) x 15kHz
#RUs per subframe 50RU index 0…49
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 85/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 11/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
In the frequency domain, there are 600 active subcarriers symmetrically around DC,denoted by the active subcarrier index k, k=0,1,…599. The set of active subcarriers iscontiguous.
The subcarrier spacing is 15kHz and the subcarrier frequencies have a frequency offset of 7.5kHz, i.e. the subcarrier frequencies are +/-7.5kHz, +/-22.5kHz, etc.
The IFFT size is 1024 samples over 1024 possible subcarriers denoted by the subcarrier
number 0,1,…1023.
Among the 1024 subcarriers only 600 are active, with guard bands of 212 subcarriers ateach edge of the frequency band.
The first active subcarrier with index k=0 corresponds to the subcarrier number 212, and thelast active subcarrier with index k=599 corresponds to the subcarrier number 811(=212+599). The subcarrier with active subcarrier index k=300 corresponds to the subcarriernumber 512 (=212+300) and is located at +7.5kHz.
The active subcarrier frequencies are therefore related to the active subcarrier indexaccording to 7.5kHz + (k-300) x 15kHz. This is illustrated in Figure 23.
212
213
214
:
510
511
512
513
:
809
810
811 4492.5kHz
4477.5kHz
4462.5kHz
:
22.5kHz
7.5kHz
-7.5kHz
-22.5kHz
:
-4462.5kHz
-4477.5kHz
-4492.5kHz 0
1
2
:
298
299
300
301
:
597
598
599
subcarrier number
(0…1023)
active subcarrier
index k (0…599)
Figure 23: 7.5kHz shift of subcarrier frequencies in 10MHz BW case.
A Resource Unit (RU) is defined to cover 12 consecutive subcarriers over a duration of onesubframe, i.e. an RU includes 12x14 = 168 resource elements. The RU is the smallest entitythat can be addressed by the eNB scheduling. There are 50 RUs per subframe in 10MHzBW, numbered RU #0 … RU #49.
Note that a resource unit corresponds to two resource blocks (RB), consecutive in time, asdefined in [1].
Note that in PUSCH case two SC-FDMA symbols per RU are used for demodulationreference signals, and a further SC-FDMA symbol per RU is used (or reserved) for sounding
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 86/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 12/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
reference signals. So up to 12x(14-3) = 132 resource elements per RU are available forcarrying data signals.
16 REFERENCE SIGNALS
The UE shall transmit a demodulation reference signal to enable coherent detection in theeNB receiver for PUSCH and PUCCH.
The UE shall further periodically transmit a sounding reference signal to enable the eNB toperform a measurement of the UL propagation channel quality over the full bandwidthavailable for PUSCH.
We assume that the demodulation/sounding reference signals are multiplexed directly in thefrequency domain (in the subcarrier mapping part), i.e. the reference signals are not fedthrough the DFT spreading.
16.1 Demodulation Reference Signal
16.1.1 Physical Resource Allocation
In resource blocks carrying PUSCH, the demodulation reference signal is located in the SC-FDMA symbol l=3 of a slot [1].
In resource blocks carrying PUCCH, demodulation reference signals are located in the SC-
FDMA symbols (cf. §5.5.2.2 of [1]):- l=2,3,4 of a slot if UL ACK/NACK is transmitted,- l=1 and l=5 of a slot if CQI is transmitted,
as shown in Figure 25. The demodulation reference signals applied in resource blockscarrying PUCCH shall have the same power offsets as the respective ACK, NACK and CQIsymbols.
In the frequency domain, a user applies the demodulation reference signal over all thesubcarriers allocated by the PUSCH and/or PUCCH of the user within a slot.
If in a slot some subcarriers are not used for PUSCH and/or PUCCH transmission, thenthere is also no demodulation reference sequence transmitted on these subcarriers.
In resource blocks carrying PUSCH, the resource allocation of the demodulation referencesignal as described above is applied in both SISO/SIMO and MU-MIMO cases. (TheSISO/SIMO and/or MU-MIMO case is signalled on PDCCH within the MU-MIMO pairingindicator field of the UL scheduling grant. At S0, only SISO/SIMO will be signalled on
PDCCH, that is, mpi X always set to zero, refer to section 7.2[12])
The physical resource mapping of the demodulation reference signal is illustrated in theAppendix.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 87/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 13/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
16.1.2 Sequence Generation
The sequence generation follows [1].
The demodulation reference sequences are generated from a set of U complex-valued
baseline sequences denoted by 1,,1,0,,,2,1),( −== Gu N k U uk a KK , whereG N
denotes the sequence length.
A demodulation reference sequence has length K,2,1,12 =×= nn N P , whereP N is
given by the number of subcarriers to be allocated, andGP N N ≥ .
The sequence generation considers three cases depending on the number of subcarriers tobe allocated:
- 12=P N : sequence allocation over one resource block (GP N N = ),
- 24=P N : sequence allocation over two resource blocks (GP N N = ),
- 2,12 >×= nn N P : sequence allocation over more than two resource blocks ( G N is
largest prime number satisfyingGP N N > ).
The former case is applicable to PUSCH and PUCCH (CQI and UL ACK/NACK)transmission, whereas the latter two cases are confined to PUSCH transmission.
In each case we will use the term Zadoff-Chu sequences, although strictly speaking it
applies only to the 2,12 >×= nn N P case.
The sequence parameters are summarised in Table 25 for PUSCH and PUCCHtransmission.
Table 25: Demodulation reference sequence parameters.Channel type
G N v N P N
12 2 1224 2 24
PUSCH
largest prime < P N 2 nx12, n>2
CQI on PUCCH 12 6 12UL ACK/NACK onPUCCH
12 6 12
16.1.2.1 Sequence Allocation over one Resource Block
A set of 30 baseline sequences 30,,2,1,11,,1,0),( KK == uk k au of length
12== PG N N is defined in [10].
From the thu baseline sequence )(k au
, sequences )(, k a vu are defined by cyclic shifts in
the time domain (i.e. phase rotation in the frequency domain) according to
1,,1,0,2
,)()(, −=⋅=⋅= ⋅⋅v
k j
uvu N v N
ek ak a Kν π
α ν
α .
A demodulation reference sequence )(, k r vuof length
P N is then given by )(, k a vu:
.1,,1,0),()( ,, −== Pvuvu N k k ak r K
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 88/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 14/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
16.1.2.2 Sequence Allocation over two Resource Blocks
A set of 30 baseline sequences 30,,2,1,23,,1,0),( KK == uk k auof length
24== PG N N is defined in [10].
From the thu baseline sequence )(k au , sequences )(, k a vu are defined by cyclic shifts inthe time domain (i.e. phase rotation in the frequency domain) according to
1,,1,0,2
,)()(, −=⋅=⋅= ⋅⋅v
k j
uvu N v N
ek ak a Kν π
α ν
α .
A demodulation reference sequence )(, k r vu of length P N is then given by )(, k a vu :
.1,,1,0),()( ,, −== Pvuvu N k k ak r K
16.1.2.3 Sequence Allocation over more than two Resource Blocks
The baseline sequences are given by Zadoff-Chu sequences of lengthG N according to:
,1,,2,1,1,,1,0),/)1(exp()( −=−=+−= GGGu N u N k N k uk jk x KKπ
and the number of baseline sequences is determined by the number of roots, 1−= G N U .
From the thu root Zadoff-Chu sequence, ,1,,1 −= G N u K a sequence )(k au of length P N
is then obtained by cyclic extension of the thu root Zadoff-Chu sequence )(k xu
,
,1,,1 −= G N u K according to:
⎩⎨
⎧
−=−
−=
= ,1,,),(
,1,,1,0),(
)(PGGu
Gu
u N N k N k x
N k k x
k aK
K
where G N is the largest prime number satisfying GP N N > , as listed in [10].
Then, sequences )(, k a vuare defined by cyclic shifts in the time domain (i.e. phase rotation
in the frequency domain) according to
1,,1,0,2
,)()(, −=⋅=⋅= ⋅⋅v
k j
uvu N v N
ek ak a Kν π
α ν
α .
A demodulation reference sequence )(, k r vuof length
P N is then given by )(, k a vu
:
.1,,1,0),()(,,
−==Pvuvu
N k k ak r K
16.1.3 Sequence Allocation
Each cell of the trial network is assigned a baseline sequence index u according to
,1 cell X u += wherecell X denotes the cell identifier (0) [9].
The allocation of sequence shift values in a resource block depends on whether theresource block carries PUSCH, CQI or ACK/NACK on PUCCH, as described in the sequel.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 89/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 15/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
16.1.3.1 PUSCH Case
Each cell of the trial network is assigned two sequence shift values }1,0{∈v .
The sequence shift value v to be applied by the UE is given by the MU-MIMO pairing
indicatormpi X that is signalled to the UE within the UL scheduling grant on PDCCH, i.e.
}.1,0{∈= mpi X v
In other words:- In SISO/SIMO case, the sequence shift value 0=v is applied by the UE for the
sequence generation.- In paired MU-MIMO case, a first UE applies the sequence shift value 0=v , and the
paired UE applies the sequence shift value 1=v .At S0, paired MU-MIMO notsupported.
In each case, the sequence shift value is signalled to the UE within the UL scheduling granton PDCCH.
16.1.3.2 UL ACK/NACK Case on PUCCH
Each cell of the trial network is assigned a set of sequence shift values }1,,1,0{ −∈ v N v K ,
where 6=v N .
The sequence shift value v to be applied by the UE is implicitly given by v N iv mod = ,
where i# (0…7) for pre-delivery and full delivery is same as what defined in section 17.3.1.
The demodulation reference signals transmitted on SC-FDMA symbols l=2,3,4 are multiplied
with the elements of a DFT spreading sequence 2,1,0, ,, www d d d , respectively, where theindex w is derived according to ⎣ ⎦v N iw /= and the DFT sequences are defined in Table
26. This DFT spreading is illustrated in Figure 25. (Note that 1...0=w for 7...0=i )
Note that the cyclic shift value is not varied on a symbol basis (as opposed to §5.5.2.2 of [1]).
Note that the DFT spreading sequence is not varied on a slot basis (as opposed to §5.5.2.2of [1]).
Table 26: DFT spreading sequences for demodulation reference signal in UL ACK/NACK case.
w 2,1,0, ,,
www d d d
0 1 1 1 1 1 )3/2exp( π j )3/4exp( π j
2 1 )3/4exp( π j )3/8exp( π j
16.1.3.3 CQI Case on PUCCH
Each cell of the trial network is assigned a set of sequence shift values }1,,1,0{ −∈ v N v K ,
which enables to transmit up to 6=v N CQI reports with a given control channel resource.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 90/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 16/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
The assignment of sequence shift values to the UEs is described in detail in Sections 17.4.3and 17.4.4.
Note that the cyclic shift value is not varied on a symbol basis (as opposed to §5.5.2.2 of [1]).
16.2 Sounding Reference Signal
A UE is configured to transmit a sounding reference signal periodically, with 10ms (LTE TDDUL/DL allocation configuration 5) period.
16.2.1 Physical Resource Mapping
For LTE TDD UL/DL allocation configuration 5, sounding reference signal is send insubframe #2.
The sounding reference signal is located in the first SC-FDMA symbol of the correspondingsubframe (l=0).
The sounding reference signal is allocated over the bandwidth available for PUSCH, i.e. 46resource units in 10MHz BW.
In resource blocks carrying the PUCCH, no resource elements shall be allocated for thesounding reference signal. Note that PUCCH is transmitted on NRU resource units at thelower band edge and NRU resource units at the upper band edge, where NRU =2 in 10MHz
BW.
We define two sounding channel elements (SCE), where SCE #0 and #1 comprise the even-numbered and odd-numbered subcarriers, respectively. The sounding channel elementsoccupy the following subcarrier indices:
- SCE #0: 574,...,28,26,24=k ,
- SCE #1: 575,...,29,27,25=k ,
in 10MHz BW case.
A UE transmits a sounding reference signal of length 276 symbols in 10MHz BW case, andthe UE allocates either sounding channel element #0 or #1.
The number of UEs that can simultaneously allocate a sounding channel element equals 1. The number of UEs that can simultaneously transmit a sounding reference signal in asubframe is therefore given as 2.
We define 2 UE groups i# (0…1) comprising the set of UE identifiers i X UE =2mod ,
whereUE X (0…1) denotes the UE identifier, and the UEs of UE group i# (0…1) use the
SCEs given by }1,0{2mod ∈i .
The UEs of groups #0 transmit the sounding reference signals in SCE #0 of thecorresponding uplink sub-frame, and the UEs of groups #1 transmit the sounding referencesignals in SCE #1 of the corresponding uplink sub-frame.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 91/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 17/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
The allocation of SCEs by the UE groups is summarized inTable 27.
Table 27: Allocation of sounding channel elements by UE groups.
UE group UE id UE X SCE ZC shift values
#0 0, #0 =2/UE X 0
#1 1, #1 =+ 2/)1( UE X 1,
The physical resource mapping of the sounding reference signal is illustrated in theAppendix.
16.2.2 Sequence Generation
The sequence generation is based on a Zadoff-Chu sequence of odd-lengthG N according
to:
.1,,1,0),/)1(exp()( −=+−= GGu N k N k uk jk x Kπ
From the thu root Zadoff-Chu sequence, sequences )(k au
are defined by cyclic extension
of the sequence )(k xuaccording to:
⎩⎨⎧
−=−
−==
.1,,),(
,1,,1,0),()(
PGGu
Gu
u N N k N k x
N k k xk a
K
K
A sounding reference sequence )(, k s vuof length
P N is then obtained by cyclic shifts in the
time domain (i.e. phase rotation in the frequency domain) according to:
1,,1,0,2
,)()(, −=⋅=⋅= ⋅⋅v
k j
uvu N v N
ek ak s Kν π
α ν
α
The following parameters are used:
- 271=G N in 10MHz BW,
- 8v = N ,
- 276=P N in 10MHz BW.
16.2.3 Sequence Allocation
Each cell of the trial network is assigned a Zadoff-Chu root value u according to
,1 cell X u += where cell X denotes the cell identifier (0) [9].
To each sounding channel element, we assign a set of 1 Zadoff-Chu shift values:- SCE #0 uses Zadoff-Chu shift values 0=v ,
- SCE #1 uses Zadoff-Chu shift values 1=v For each UE group, we define a one-to-one mapping between the UE identifier and theZadoff-Chu shift value as summarized in Table 27.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 92/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 18/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
Note: the Zadoff-Chu root value in a cell is equal for the demodulation and soundingreference signals (cf. Section 5.1.3) [9].
17 PHYSICAL UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL
The PUCCH is used to carry UL ACK/NACK and CQI to enable HARQ and scheduledtransmission on PDSCH, respectively.
UL ACK/NACK and CQI shall always be transmitted on PUCCH and shall not be multiplexedinto data transmitted on PUSCH.
PUCCH is transmitted on NRU resource units at the lower band edge and NRU resource unitsat the upper band edge, where NRU =2 in 10MHz BW.
UL ACK/NACK and CQI are multiplexed directly in the frequency domain (in the subcarrriermapping part), i.e. they are not fed through the DFT spreading.
CDM is applied for the separation of different PUCCH messages within the same controlchannel resource, and frequency hopping is applied at the slot boundary as in [1].
The eNB shall apply coherent detection for UL ACK/NACK and CQI by performing channelestimation with a-priori knowledge(section 16.1) of the demodulation reference signals.
The channel structure and multiplexing of UL ACK/NACK and CQI on PUCCH is compliantwith 3GPP working assumptions from RAN1#50 (Athens) meeting.
17.1 Physical Resource Mapping
PUCCH is transmitted on RUs #0-#1 and #48-#49 in 10MHz BW case.
A control channel resource is defined as in §5.4.4 of [1]. It occupies 12 subcarriers and isdistributed over 2 slots, consecutive in time, with frequency hopping at the slot boundary.We define a set of four control channel resources #0…#3 as illustrated in Figure 24 for10MHz BW case. The control channel resources are defined in a way that the frequencyseparation at the slot boundary is equal for all control channel resources (48 RUs in 10MHzBW case).
UL ACK/NACK is transmitted using control channel resource #0 and #3, and CQI istransmitted using control channel resources #1 and #2, as indicated in Figure 24.
Multiplexing of UL ACK/NACKs and CQIs into the same control channel resource is notsupported.
A control channel resource is able to carry up to 18 UL ACK/NACKs or 6 CQI reports, thusup to 36 UL ACK/NACKs and 12 CQI reports can be transmitted per subframe on PUCCH in10MHz BW. CQI or ACK/NACK reports transmitted within a control channel resource areseparated by means of CDM, where cyclically shifted Zadoff-Chu sequences – andadditional Hadamard sequences in UL ACK/NACK case – are used for the spreadingoperation.
Different slot formats are used for the transmission of UL ACK/NACK and CQI, as illustratedin Figure 25 for control channel resources #0 (UL ACK/NACK) and #2 (CQI) in 10MHz BW
case.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 93/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 19/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
In resource blocks carrying PUCCH, demodulation reference signals are located in the SC-FDMA symbols:
- l=2,3,4 of a slot if UL ACK/NACK is transmitted,- l=1 and l=5 of a slot if CQI is transmitted,
as shown in Figure 25.
Note that zeros are filled in by the UE into the resource elements (including the
demodulation reference symbol positions) that are not allocated for the transmission of anUL ACK/NACK or CQI, respectively.
The configuration parameters of PUCCH are summarised in Table 28.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 94/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 20/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
1 subframe=1ms
1 slot =0.5ms(odd)1 slot =0.5ms(even)
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 0 1 2 3 4 5 6ak,l
Index l : “ Time” (2 x 7 SC-FDMA symbols)
237
236
235
234
233
232
231
230
229
228
227
226
225
224
223
222
221
220
219
218
217
216
215
214
213
212
811
810
809
808
807
806
805
804
803
802
801
800
799
798
797
796
795
794
793
792
791
790
789
788
787
786
placeholders for demodulation RS
placeholders for sounding RS symbols
placeholders for PUSCH symbols
control channel resource #0: UL ACK/NAC
control channel resource #1: CQI
control channel resource #2: CQI
control channel resource #3: CQIUL ACK/NACK
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 95/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 21/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
Figure 24: Definition of control channel resource.
i n d e x k : „ F r e q u e n c y “ ( 6 0 0 s u b - c a r r i e r s )
s u b - c a r r i e r n u m b e r ( s t a r t c o u n t i n g f r o m z e r o )
1 sub frame =1 ms
1 slot =0.5 ms (even) 1 slot =0.5 ms (odd)
index l : „Time“ (2 x 7 SC-FDMA symbols)
ak,l 430 1 52 6
1
0
3
2
5
4
7
6
9
8
1 1
1 0
R e s o u r c e U n i t 0
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
ACK/NACK demodulation reference symbols
ACK/NACK symbols
430 1 52 6
5 7 7
5 7 6
5 7 9
5 7 8
5 8 1
5 8 0
5 8 3
5 8 2
5 8 5
5 8 4
5 8 7
5 8 6
av,0su,v(0)
av,0su,v(1)
av,0su,v(2)
av,0su,v(3)
av,0su,v(4)
av,0su,v(5)
av,0su,v(6)
av,0su,v(7)
av,0su,v(8)
av,0su,v(9)
av,0su,v(10)
av,0su,v(11)
av,1su,v(0)
av,1su,v(1)
av,1su,v(2)
av,1su,v(3)
av,1su,v(4)
av,1su,v(5)
av,1su,v(6)
av,1su,v(7)
av,1su,v(8)
av,1su,v(9)
av,1su,v(10)
av,1su,v(11)
dw,0ru,v(0)
dw,0ru,v(1)
dw,0ru,v(2)
dw,0ru,v(3)
dw,0ru,v(4)
dw,0ru,v(5)
dw,0ru,v(6)
dw,0ru,v(7)
dw,0ru,v(8)
dw,0ru,v(9)
dw,0ru,v(10)
dw,0ru,v(11)
av,3su,v(0)
av,3su,v(1)
av,3su,v(2)
av,3su,v(3)
av,3su,v(4)
av,3su,v(5)
av,3su,v(6)
av,3su,v(7)
av,3su,v(8)
av,3su,v(9)
av,3su,v(10)
av,3su,v(11)
av,2su,v(0)
av,2su,v(1)
av,2su,v(2)
av,2su,v(3)
av,2su,v(4)
av,2su,v(5)
av,2su,v(6)
av,2su,v(7)
av,2su,v(8)
av,2su,v(9)
av,2su,v(10)
av,2su,v(11)
dw,1ru,v(0)
dw,1ru,v(1)
dw,1ru,v(2)
dw,1ru,v(3)
dw,1ru,v(4)
dw,1ru,v(5)
dw,1ru,v(6)
dw,1ru,v(7)
dw,1ru,v(8)
dw,1ru,v(9)
dw,1ru,v(10)
dw,1ru,v(11)
dw,2ru,v(0)
dw,2ru,v(1)
dw,2ru,v(2)
dw,2ru,v(3)
dw,2ru,v(4)
dw,2ru,v(5)
dw,2ru,v(6)
dw,2ru,v(7)
dw,2ru,v(8)
dw,2ru,v(9)
dw,2ru,v(10)
dw,2ru,v(11)
av,4su,v(0)
av,4su,v(1)
av,4su,v(2)
av,4su,v(3)
av,4su,v(4)
av,4su,v(5)
av,4su,v(6)
av,4su,v(7)
av,4su,v(8)
av,4su,v(9)
av,4su,v(10)
av,4su,v(11)
av,5su,v(0)
av,5su,v(1)
av,5su,v(2)
av,5su,v(3)
av,5su,v(4)
av,5su,v(5)
av,5su,v(6)
av,5su,v(7)
av,5su,v(8)
av,5su,v(9)
av,5su,v(10)
av,5su,v(11)
av,7su,v(0)
av,7su,v(1)
av,7su,v(2)
av,7su,v(3)
av,7su,v(4)
av,7su,v(5)
av,7su,v(6)
av,7su,v(7)
av,7su,v(8)
av,7su,v(9)
av,7su,v(10)
av,7su,v(11)
av,6su,v(0)
av,6su,v(1)
av,6su,v(2)
av,6su,v(3)
av,6su,v(4)
av,6su,v(5)
av,6su,v(6)
av,6su,v(7)
av,6su,v(8)
av,6su,v(9)
av,6su,v(10)
av,6su,v(11)
CQI demodulation reference symbols
CQI symbols
ru,v(0)
ru,v(1)
ru,v(2)
ru,v(3)
ru,v(4)
ru,v(5)
ru,v(6)
ru,v(7)
ru,v(8)
ru,v(9)
ru,v(10)
ru,v(11)
ru,v(0)
ru,v(1)
ru,v(2)
ru,v(3)
ru,v(4)
ru,v(5)
ru,v(6)
ru,v(7)
ru,v(8)
ru,v(9)
ru,v(10)
ru,v(11)
qv,0su,v(0)
qv,0su,v(1)
qv,0su,v(2)
qv,0su,v(3)
qv,0su,v(4)
qv,0su,v(5)
qv,0su,v(6)
qv,0su,v(7)
qv,0su,v(8)
qv,0su,v(9)
qv,0su,v(10)
qv,0su,v(11)
qv,1su,v(0)
qv,1su,v(1)
qv,1su,v(2)
qv,1su,v(3)
qv,1su,v(4)
qv,1su,v(5)
qv,1su,v(6)
qv,1su,v(7)
qv,1su,v(8)
qv,1su,v(9)
qv,1su,v(10)
qv,1su,v(11)
qv,2su,v(0)
qv,2su,v(1)
qv,2su,v(2)
qv,2su,v(3)
qv,2su,v(4)
qv,2su,v(5)
qv,2su,v(6)
qv,2su,v(7)
qv,2su,v(8)
qv,2su,v(9)
qv,2su,v(10)
qv,2su,v(11)
qv,3su,v(0)
qv,3su,v(1)
qv,3su,v(2)
qv,3su,v(3)
qv,3su,v(4)
qv,3su,v(5)
qv,3su,v(6)
qv,3su,v(7)
qv,3su,v(8)
qv,3su,v(9)
qv,3su,v(10)
qv,3su,v(11)
qv,4su,v(0)
qv,4su,v(1)
qv,4su,v(2)
qv,4su,v(3)
qv,4su,v(4)
qv,4su,v(5)
qv,4su,v(6)
qv,4su,v(7)
qv,4su,v(8)
qv,4su,v(9)
qv,4su,v(10)
qv,4su,v(11)
ru,v(0)
ru,v(1)
ru,v(2)
ru,v(3)
ru,v(4)
ru,v(5)
ru,v(6)
ru,v(7)
ru,v(8)
ru,v(9)
ru,v(10)
ru,v(11)
ru,v(0)
ru,v(1)
ru,v(2)
ru,v(3)
ru,v(4)
ru,v(5)
ru,v(6)
ru,v(7)
ru,v(8)
ru,v(9)
ru,v(10)
ru,v(11)
qv,5su,v(0)
qv,5su,v(1)
qv,5su,v(2)
qv,5su,v(3)
qv,5su,v(4)
qv,5su,v(5)
qv,5su,v(6)
qv,5su,v(7)
qv,5su,v(8)
qv,5su,v(9)
qv,5su,v(10)
qv,5su,v(11)
qv,6su,v(0)
qv,6su,v(1)
qv,6su,v(2)
qv,6su,v(3)
qv,6su,v(4)
qv,6su,v(5)
qv,6su,v(6)
qv,6su,v(7)
qv,6su,v(8)
qv,6su,v(9)
qv,6su,v(10)
qv,6su,v(11)
qv,7su,v(0)
qv,7su,v(1)
qv,7su,v(2)
qv,7su,v(3)
qv,7su,v(4)
qv,7su,v(5)
qv,7su,v(6)
qv,7su,v(7)
qv,7su,v(8)
qv,7su,v(9)
qv,7su,v(10)
qv,7su,v(11)
qv,8su,v(0)
qv,8su,v(1)
qv,8su,v(2)
qv,8su,v(3)
qv,8su,v(4)
qv,8su,v(5)
qv,8su,v(6)
qv,8su,v(7)
qv,8su,v(8)
qv,8su,v(9)
qv,8su,v(10)
qv,8su,v(11)
qv,9su,v(0)
qv,9su,v(1)
qv,9su,v(2)
qv,9su,v(3)
qv,9su,v(4)
qv,9su,v(5)
qv,9su,v(6)
qv,9su,v(7)
qv,9su,v(8)
qv,9su,v(9)
qv,9su,v(10)
qv,9su,v(11)
R e s o u r c e U n i t 4 8
Control channel resource #0 (UL ACK/NACK): Control channel resource #2 (CQI):
dw,0 ru,v(0)
dw,0ru,v(1)
dw,0ru,v(2)
dw,0ru,v(3)
dw,0 ru,v(4)
dw,0ru,v(5)
dw,0ru,v(6)
dw,0ru,v(7)
dw,0 ru,v(8)
dw,0ru,v(9)
dw,0ru,v(10)
dw,0ru,v(11)
dw,1ru,v(0)
dw,1 ru,v(1)
dw,1 ru,v(2)
dw,1 ru,v(3)
dw,1ru,v(4)
dw,1 ru,v(5)
dw,1 ru,v(6)
dw,1 ru,v(7)
dw,1ru,v(8)
dw,1 ru,v(9)
dw,1ru,v(10)
dw,1ru,v(11)
dw,2ru,v(0)
dw,2ru,v(1)
dw,2ru,v(2)
dw,2ru,v(3)
dw,2ru,v(4)
dw,2ru,v(5)
dw,2ru,v(6)
dw,2ru,v(7)
dw,2ru,v(8)
dw,2ru,v(9)
dw,2ru,v(10)
dw,2ru,v(11)
Figure 25: UL ACK/NACK and CQI on PUCCH.
Table 28: PUCCH configuration parameters.
Parameters
10MHz BW NRU = occupied number of resource
units at either spectrum edge 2
#UL ACK/NACKs per subframe 36 Nc =#CQIs per subframe 12
17.2 Spreading Sequences
Zadoff-Chu spreading sequences )(, k s vuof length 12 are used for the CDM multiplexing of
different ACK/NACKs or CQIs transmitted within a control channel resource.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 96/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 22/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
The sequence generation and the sequence allocation of the spreading sequences )(, k s vu
are done as for the demodulation reference sequences )(, k r vuthat are used in PUCCH
case (cf. Section 16.1.2, Section 16.1.3.2 for UL ACK/NACK case, and Section 16.1.3.3 for
CQI case), i.e., )()( ,, k r k s vuvu = , where u denotes the cell-specific Zadoff-Chu root value
and v denotes the Zadoff-Chu shift value assigned to the UE [9].
Note that the cyclic shift value is not varied on a symbol basis (as opposed to §5.5.2.2 of [1]).
17.3 UL ACK/NACK
The UL ACK/NACK carries one bit of information, according to CRC PASS/FAIL fortransmission on PDSCH.
17.3.1 Coding and Physical Resource Mapping
PUCCH format 0 of [1] is used for UL ACK/NACK transmission.
UL ACK/NACKs of same or different users in a cell are separated by using CDM.pre-delivery only:[
UE and eNB shall be configurable for mode1 and mode2:mode1: no HARQ retransmission for UL and DL, DL up to 8 HARQ processes.
eNB will send initial transmissions only(coding and signaling on PDCCH as [12]defined.)
HARQ IDs will be in the range 0...7 (4 bits used for signaling as [12] defined)A single 1-bit ACK will be sent by the UE for all 8 HARQ processes from an &-
operation.UL ACK/NACK control channel element of UE id=0 is mapping to control channelresource #0 with i =0.
UL ACK/NACK control channel element of UE id=1 is mapping to control channelresource #3 with i =0.
mode2:UL and DL HARQ, with restrict max number of HARQ process 1 for pre-deliveryS0.1(HARQ id=0),can be sent in any DL subframe.
UE should feedback the ACK/NACK in the way defined in Table 29.][16]
We define v N iv mod = and ⎣ ⎦v N iw /= , 6=
v N , where v is the Zadoff-Chu shift valueand i# (0…7) for LTE TDD Demo S0 (up to 2 users, UL/DL allocation configuration
5,10MHz BW) and i mapping from which subframe the ACK/NACK acknowledges for andthe UE ID, refer to Table 29. Table 29 is based on the timing relationship for DL HARQprocesses(section 9.1[12]). Further, u denotes the cell-specific Zadoff-Chu root value.
Table 29: UL ACK/NACK channel element at subframe#n
UL ACK /NACK
channel
UE ID For subframek n − and k =
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 97/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 23/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
element i
0 13
1 12
2 9
3
0(mappingto controlchannelresource
#0)8
4 7
5 6
6 5
7
0(mappingto controlchannelresource#3)
4
4 13
5 12
6 97
1(mappingto controlchannel
resource#0)8
0 7
1 6
2 5
3
1(mappingto controlchannelresource#3)
4
The coding for UL ACK/NACK is as follows:- ACK = CRC PASS = 1- NACK = CRC FAIL = 0
- binary to BPSK conversion as in §7 of [1]: 1 Æ 2/)1( j−− and 0Æ 2/)1( j+
- 8x repetition gives the BPSK modulation symbols 7,1,0, ,,,vvv aaa ′′′ K
- Element-by-element multiplication with Hadamard spreading sequence
7,1,0, ,,,www hhh K as in §5.4.1 of [1] gives the BPSK modulation symbols
7,1,0, ,,,vvv aaa K , where
jw jv jv haa ,,,′= . The Hadamard spreading sequences are
listed in Table 30. (Note that 4,, += jw jw hh for 3...0= j (2x repetition), and 1,0=w for
7...0=i )
- Element-by-element multiplication with Zadoff-Chu spreading sequence )(, k s vu
according to )(,),(),( ,7,,1,,0, k sak sak sa vuvvuvvuv K , 11,,1,0 K=k , results in 8x12 = 96
modulation symbols, as in §5.4.1 of [1].
Table 30: Hadamard spreading sequences for UL ACK/NACK.
w 7,1,0, ,,,
www hhh K
0 +1 +1 +1 +1 +1 +1 +1 +11 +1 -1 +1 -1 +1 -1 +1 -12 +1 +1 -1 -1 +1 +1 -1 -13 +1 -1 -1 +1 +1 -1 -1 +1
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 98/131
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 99/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 25/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
- In 1Tx case, the UE shall be configurable to measure the CQI based on thereference signal transmitted from antenna port #0.
17.4.1.1 SINR to CQI Mapping
The mapping of SINR to CQI is summarised in Table 31, where Δ (dB) denotes aconfigurable measurement offset with value range –6dB, -5dB, …, 0dB. The default value isgiven by 3−=Δ dB to compensate for the 3dB default power boost of the DL reference
symbols.
Table 31: Mapping of SINR to CQI.
SINR+Δ (dB) CQI (decimal) CQI (binary)
3210 ,,, aaaa
SINR+Δ <=-4dB 0 0, 0, 0, 0
-4dB <SINR+Δ <=-2dB 1 0, 0, 0, 1
-2dB <SINR+Δ <=0dB 2 0, 0, 1, 0
0dB <SINR+Δ <=2dB 3 0, 0, 1, 1
2dB <SINR+Δ <=4dB 4 0, 1, 0, 0
4dB <SINR+Δ <=6dB 5 0, 1, 0, 1
6dB <SINR+Δ <=8dB 6 0, 1, 1, 0
8dB <SINR+Δ <=10dB 7 0, 1, 1, 1
10dB <SINR+Δ <=12dB 8 1, 0, 0, 0
12dB <SINR+Δ <=14dB 9 1, 0, 0, 1
14dB <SINR+Δ <=16dB 10 1, 0, 1, 0
16dB <SINR+Δ <=18dB 11 1, 0, 1, 1
18dB <SINR+Δ <=20dB 12 1, 1, 0, 020dB <SINR+Δ <=22dB 13 1, 1, 0, 1
22dB <SINR+Δ <=24dB 14 1, 1, 1, 0
24dB <SINR+Δ 15 1, 1, 1, 1
17.4.1.2 Frequency Resolution
Two CQI modes shall be supported:- Mode 1 = wideband CQI: CQI shall be measured over the full system BW in DL. The
wideband CQI of user #u is denoted byuCQI .
- Mode 2 = frequency-selective CQI: CQI shall be measured over a subband, i.e. apart of the system BW in DL. The frequency-selective CQI of user #u is denoted by
N uu CQI CQI ,1, ... , where N denotes the total number of CQI reports (or subbands)
used to cover the full system BW, 1,uCQI denotes the CQI measured at the lower
band edge (starting with the active subcarrier index k=0), and … N uCQI , denotes the
CQI measured at the upper band edge. The frequency resolution of the frequency-selective CQI report is defined in Table 32 andillustrated in Figure 26 for 10MHz BW case.
Table 32: Definition of frequency-selective CQI.
Parameters 10MHz BW
N =total number of CQI reports to cover full 9
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 100/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 26/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
system BWFrequency-resolution of first CQI report
1,uCQI
6x12 =72 subcarriers
Frequency-resolution of last CQI report
N uCQI ,
2x12 =24 subcarriers
Frequency-resolution of other CQI reports
1,2, − N uu CQI CQI K
6x12 =72 subcarriers
Total number of subcarriers 6x12+7x6x12+2x12 =600
RU #i#7 #8 #9 #10 #11 #12#0 #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #20 #21 #22 #23#13 #14 #15 #16 #17 #18 #19
CQIu,1 CQIu,3 CQIu,4
RU #i#31 #32 #33 #34 #35 #36#24 #25 #26 #27 #28 #29 #30 #44 #45 #46 #47 #48#37 #38 #39 #40 #41 #42 #43
CQIu,5 CQIu,6 CQIu,7 CQIu,8
CQIu,2
#49
CQIu,9
Figure 26: Frequency-selective CQI definition in 10MHz BW case.
17.4.1.3 Measurement Interval and Timing
About the measurement interval and timing of a CQI report, refers to section 19.2 .
17.4.1.4 Subband Differential CQI
To reduce the signalling overhead for the frequency-selective CQI, we define a 2bit subbanddifferential CQI, as agreed at 3GPP RAN1#51bis (Sevilla) meeting.
The coding for the 2bit subband differential CQI is summarized in Table 33, where:
- uSINR denotes the wideband SINR of user #u,
- nuSINR , denotes the n-th subband SINR of user #u,
- }3,...,5.5,6{ +−−∈Δ diff denotes a configurable offset in dB (default -1dB),
- }4,3,2,1{∈Φ diff denotes a configurable step size in dB (default 2dB).
Table 33: Coding for 2bit differential CQI.
Measured subband SINR 2bit CQI(decimal)
2bit CQI(binary)
1, + j j aa
diff udiff nu SINRSINR Φ×−<Δ+ 5.1, 0 0, 0
diff udiff nudiff u SINRSINRSINR Φ×−<Δ+≤Φ×− 5.05.1 , 1 0, 1
diff udiff nudiff u SINRSINRSINR Φ×+<Δ+≤Φ×− 5.05.0 , 2 1, 0
diff nudiff u SINRSINR Δ+≤Φ×+ ,5.0 3 1, 1
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 101/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 27/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
17.4.1.5 Scheduling Request
We define a 2bit scheduling request that shall be multiplexed by UE into each CQISR report.
The coding for the 2bit scheduling request is summarized in Table 34, where:- UTBS denotes the UE total buffer status in bytes,
- 1UTBS and 2UTBS denote configurable thresholds (default values 100bytes and
1500bytes, respectively).
Table 34: Coding for 2bit scheduling request.
Total buffer filling of UE 2bit SR(decimal)
2bit SR(binary)
1, + j j aa
0=UTBS 0 0, 0
10 UTBS UTBS ≤< 1 0, 1
21 UTBS UTBS UTBS ≤< 2 1, 0
UTBS UTBS <2
3 1, 1
Notes:- In 3GPP Rel. 8, it is envisaged to support a scheduling request on the PUCCH (cf.
TS36.212 V8.1.0).- Here we propose to use the CQI reports to simultaneously carry a 2bit scheduling
request. This is not compliant with Rel. 8, but should be very similar in performance.
17.4.1.6 Multiplexing of CQISR Reports
Two CQISR reporting modes are supported corresponding to the two CQI reporting modes:- Mode 1 = wideband CQI: As illustrated in Figure 27, a single CQISR report (for
10MHz BW)denoted by uCQISR is used by user #u to transmit a wideband CQI
denoted byuCQI .
- Mode 2 = frequency-selective CQI: As illustrated in Figure 28, three CQISR
reports(for 10MHz BW) denoted by 3,2,1, ,, uuu CQISRCQISRCQISR are used by user
#u to transmit a frequency-selective CQI denoted by N uu CQI CQI ,1, ... .
At LTE TDD Demo S0, Mode 2 is not required.-
4bit padding
(zeros)
4bit wideband CQIu
a0 a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 a8 a9
2bit scheduling
request
MSB LSB
10bit
CQISR u
Figure 27: CQISR reporting in case of wideband CQI.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 102/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 28/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
2bitsubband
CQIu,2
4bit wideband CQIu
a0 a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 a8 a9
2bit scheduling
request
2bit
subband
CQIu,5
a0 a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 a8 a9
2bit scheduling
request
2bit
subband
CQIu,6
2bit
subband
CQIu,3
2bit
subband
CQIu,4
2bit
subband
CQIu,1
2bitsubband
CQIu,9
MSB LSB
a0 a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 a8 a9
2bit schedulingrequest
2bit padding
(zeros)
2bitsubband
CQIu,7
2bit
subband
CQIu,8
10bit
CQISR u,1
10bit
CQISR u,2
10bit
CQISR u,3
Figure 28: CQISR reporting in case of frequency-selective CQI for 10MHz BW.
17.4.2 CQI Coding and Modulation
The channel quality information is coded using a (20, A) block code as agreed at 3GPPRAN1#51bis (Sevilla) meeting, where 10= A , and the definition of LSB/MSB is as agreed at3GPP RAN1#52 (Sorrento) meeting (cf. 3GPP R1-080985).
The code words of the (20, A) code are a linear combination of the A basis sequencesdenoted Mi,n defined in Table 35.
Table 35: Basis sequences for (20, A) code.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 103/131
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 104/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 30/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
Table 36: Assignment of ),( v j parameters to CQI channel elements.
CQI channelelement
Control channelresource j
Zadoff -Chu cyclicshift value v
0 01 1
2 23 34 45
1
56 07 18 29 310 411
2
5
17.4.3.2 Spreading and Resource Mapping
Spreading with the Zadoff-Chu sequences )(, k s vu is applied to the 10 QPSK symbols
9,1,0, ,,,vvv qqq K according to )(,),(),( ,9,,1,,0, k sqk sqk sq vuvvuvvuv
K , where 11,,1,0 K=k , and
the resulting 120 symbols are mapped to the resource elements of the control channelresource as illustrated in Figure 25.
17.4.4 CQI Transmission Strategies
In the following, CQI transmission strategies are defined for a maximum of 2 users one cell
network.
17.4.4.1 Mode 1: Wideband CQI
With Mode 1, each user reports a single CQISR reportuCQISR on each UL subframe, where
each CQI report covers the full system bandwidth. Thereby user #u (0…1) occupies the CQIchannel element #0 and #6 seperately.
17.4.4.2 Mode 2: Frequency-Selective CQI
At LTE TDD Demo S0, Mode 2 is not required.
With Mode 2, a frequency-selective CQI is reported by the UE which is packed into three
CQISR reports denoted by 3,2,1, ,,uuu CQISRCQISRCQISR for 10MHz BW .
The below transmission scheme shall be applied in 10MHz BW case.
Case 1: number of users in the network <= 2
- Each user reports 3CQISR reports 3,2,1, ,, uuu CQISRCQISRCQISR on each UL subframe.
- The user with ID #u (0…1) occupies the CQI channel elements #u, #u+6 and #u+12,respectively.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 105/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 31/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
18 PHYSICAL UPLINK SHARED CHANNEL
The PUSCH carries data from higher protocol layers.
A UE shall transmit a single PUSCH stream, with one codeword (or transport block) per
subframe (or TTI). The UE uses a single transmit antenna.
In SISO/SIMO case, the transport format can change on a subframe basis and it is signalledwithin the UL scheduling grant on the PDCCH. The eNB may apply one or two receiveantennas, where in the latter case 2Rx diversity is used.
MU-MIMO is not supported at S0.
QPSK and 16QAM modulation shall be supported.
The maximum number of UEs connected with eNB shall be 2.
The maximum number of UL scheduling grants simultaneously within a subframe is 8 in10MHz BW, and it is given by the available channel elements on the PDCCH. Any PDCCHelement can be used for UL grant for every UE id.
18.1 Resource Assignment and User Multiplexing
PUSCH is transmitted in each uplink subframe (configured by high layer, see [1] subclause
4.2).
The PUSCH is transmitted using resource elements not occupied by demodulation/soundingreference signals or PUCCH.
The number of resource elements per resource unit used for PUSCH transmission is givenby 12x(14-3) = 132.
18.2 RLC/MAC PDU Formats
The formats of the RLC/MAC PDUs are described in [3].
The MAC PDU header has a fixed size of 4 bytes and there is no RLC PDU header.
Only RLC TM is supported at S0.
The size of the MAC PDU is called the transport block size (TBS). The TBS is confined tointeger multiples of bytes.
Padding is included in the MAC PDU only if there is not enough buffered data to fill the PDUfor the selected transport format.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 106/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 32/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
If the eNB schedules a PUSCH transmission while the UE has no data in buffer, the PDUshall be filled with padding and the transport block shall be formatted as defined in the ULscheduling grant. (This may assist to perform UL time advance correction or the bufferstatus reporting.)
RLC retransmissions are not supported, neither are re-segmentations of RLC PDUs.
18.3 Scheduling Information Report
A number of 5bits 521 ,...,, sisisiSI = are reserved in the RLC/MAC PDU header to report the
scheduling information to the eNB:
- 21 , sisiSI UPH = : UL transmission power headroom (UPH) (2bits),
- 543 ,, sisisiSI UTBS = : UE total buffer status (UTBS) (3bits),
as illustrated in Figure 11. Note that we use the index 1 to indicate the MSB, and the highest
indices to indicate the LSB, in unsigned binary representation, e.g. 2=UPH SI corresponds
to 0,1 21 == sisi .
At S0, the RLC/MAC PDU header structure as Figure 11 should be used.SN in MAC PDU Header changed from 11 to 10 Bit, the MSB bit of original 11 bit SN will befixed as zero[16].
si5
si1
si2
si3
si4
sn (10bits) n (5bits) si (5bits) r (11bits)
0
MSB LSB2bytes 2bytes
Figure 29: Scheduling information report in RLC/MAC PDU header.
The UPH is defined as the ratio PUSCH PkP /max , where
- maxP denotes the maximum UL transmission power of the UE,
- PUSCH P denotes the total PUSCH power transmitted by the UE over the latest
measurement interval (default 10ms), where averaging shall be performed by the UEonly over subframes in which PUSCH is transmitted,
- and k denotes a scaling factor that takes into account the UL power overheadrequired for reference signals and PUCCH (default 0.72 in 10MHz BW).
The reference point shall be the UE antenna connector.
The UTBS is defined as the total buffer filling state of the UE on RLC layer in units of bytes.(In general, this shall include data available for transmission and retransmission in RLClayer.
The coding for the uplink transmission power headroom and for the UE total buffer status issummarized in Table 37 and Table 38, respectively. The dimensioning of the maximumvalue of the UTBS assumes a user peak data rate of 25Mbps (10MHz BW) multiplied by anupper limit of the scheduling round trip time of 10ms.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 107/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 33/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
Table 37: Coding for UL transmission power headroom reporting.
UPH SI UL transmission power headroom (UPH)
0 UPH <= 0dB1 0dB < UPH <= 3dB2 3dB < UPH <= 6dB3 6dB < UPH
Table 38: Coding for UE total buffer status reporting.
UTBS SI UE total buffer s tatus (UTBS) in bytes
0 UTBS = 01 0 < UTBS <= 102 10 < UTBS <= 323 32 < UTBS <= 1774 177 < UTBS <= 9925 992 < UTBS <= 55686 5568 < UTBS <= 31250
7 31250 < UTBS
18.4 Transport Formats
The transport format can be changed on a subframe basis and is signalled to the UE withinthe UL scheduling grant on PDCCH.
Several transport formats shall be supported, covering code rates from about 1/3 to about1.0 for QPSK and 16QAM modulation schemes. The transport block sizes shall be confined
to integer multiples of bytes.
A detailed set of transport formats for PUSCH transmission is given in [4].
18.5 Coding Chain
The coding chain for PUSCH uses building blocks of the coding chain for PUSCH of LTEFDD D2.4, and the following processes are not changed :
- the code block segmentation and channel coding (Turbo code internal QPPinterleaver) which are compliant with 3GPP Rel. 8 [6],
- the physical resource segmentation and the block interleaver which are proposed byALU [7],
- and the physical channel mapping which is replaced by a physical resourceconcatenation block.
Figure 12 illustrates the PUSCH coding chain. This figure is taken from 3GPP Rel. 6 [5] withnaming of some blocks modified and with the number of physical channels at the outputreduced to 1 (instead of P for each transmitted HS-PDSCH code).
Table 14 exemplifies the respective block sizes for a TBS of 7360bits (single UE case, 20RUs allocated, 16QAM, code rate 0.7, data rate 736kbps).
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 108/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 34/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
CRC attachment
a im1 ,a im2,aim3,...aimA
Code block segmentation
Channel Coding
Physical resourcesegmentation
PhCH#1
Physical Layer Hybrid-ARQfunctionality
d im1 ,d im2,dim3,...dimB
o ir1 ,o ir2,oir3,...oirK
c i1 ,c i2,ci3,...ciE
v p,1 ,v p,2,vp,3,...vp,Up
u p,1 ,u p,2,up,3,...up,Up
w 1 ,w2,w3,...wNdata
PUSCHInterleaving
Bit Scrambling
b im1 ,b im2,bim3,...bimB
Physical resourceconcatenation
r 1 , r 2, r3,... rNdata
Figure 30: Coding chain for PUSCH (modified from [5]).
Table 39: Example block sizes in coding chain
Function Number of bits Comments
Transport block size 1x7360 MAC PDU sizeCRC attachment 1x7384 24bit CRCBit Scrambling 1x7384Code Block Segmentation 2x3712 2 equal-sized code blocks <=6144bits
each, matched to QPP interleaver sizeChannel Encoding 2x11148 =22296 Rate 1/3 per code block plus 12 tail bits
per code blockHARQ first RM 1x22296 Transparent (infinite virtual IR buffer)HARQ second RM 1x10560 Output block size matched to available
physical resource (=4x2640bits with16QAM and 20 RUs allocated)
Resource Segmentation 6x2x(26x34-4) = P=6 segments matched to PUSCH
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 109/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 35/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
6x1760 interleaver sizePUSCH Interleaver 6x2x(26x34-4) =
6x1760Segment-by-segment interleaving with 2parallel (16QAM) basic interleavers of size26x34 bits and 4bit padding per basicinterleaver
Physical ResourceConcatenation
1x10560 Concatenation of segments
18.5.1 CRC Attachment
A 24 bit CRC is used as specified in §4.5.1 of [5].
18.5.2 Bit Scrambl ing
Bit scrambling shall be transparent.
Note that in 3GPP Rel. 8, the position of the scrambling entity is shifted to the input of the
modulation mapper.
18.5.3 Code Block Segmentation
Code block segmentation is used as specified in §5.1.2 of [6].
The maximum code block size that can be used is 6144bits.
18.5.4 Channel Encoding
A Rate 1/3 Turbo encoder is used and there is only a single transport block per TTI asspecified in §5.1.3 of [6].
The QPP Turbo code internal interleaver as specified in §5.1.3.2.3 of [6] is applied.
Note that 12 tail bits are appended to each code block for trellis termination.
18.5.5 Hybrid ARQ (Rate Matching)
The Hybrid ARQ entity performs the rate matching as specified in §4.5.4 of [5].
HARQ bit separation is as specified in §4.5.4.1 of [5].
HARQ first rate matching is as specified in §4.5.4.2 of [5]. The first rate matching stage shallbe transparent. This can be achieved by using a sufficiently large virtual IR buffer.
HARQ second rate matching is as specified in §4.5.4.3 of [5] and uses variable RVparameters }1,0{∈s (indicates whether systematic bits are prioritized) and }1,0{∈r
according to Table 40 and Table 41 for QPSK and 16QAM modulation, respectively. Theretransmission sequence number (RSN) is 0 for the initial transmission of a transport block,
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 110/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 36/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
1 for the first retransmission, etc. If there are more than 3 retransmissions of a transportblock, the RSN is taken modulo 4, i.e. the fourth retransmission assumes RSN=0, etc.
Table 40: RV parameters used with QPSK modulation.
RSN mod 4 s r
0 1 01 0 02 1 13 0 1
Table 41: RV parameters used with 16QAM modulation.
RSN mod 4 s r b
0 1 0 01 0 1 12 1 0 23 0 0 0
The maximum number of retransmissions max RSN of a transport block is limited. Our
working assumptions is 3max = RSN .
HARQ bit collection is as specified in §4.5.4.4 of [5].
A UE transmits PUSCH with a synchronous HARQ scheme having UL
HARQ N HARQ processes
( 1...#0# −UL
HARQ N ), i.e. the HARQ process number used by the UE is incremented by 1 in
each uplink subframe (irrespective whether PUSCH is transmitted in this subframe or not),
modulo UL
HARQ N . The HARQ process number used by UE for PUSCH transmission is not
known at eNB side.
UL
HARQ N value refers to section 19.1.
The HARQ processes of a UE have equal memory sizes given by the total HARQ buffer size
/ UL
HARQ N . It is assumed that the total HARQ buffer size is sufficiently large to allow a
transparent HARQ first rate matching.
An initial transmission of a transport block on PUSCH is triggered by means of the ULscheduling grant transmitted on PDCCH.
A retransmission of a transport block on PUSCH is triggered by means of a DL NACK transmitted on PDCCH.
18.5.6 Resource Segmentation
A detailed proposal for resource segmentation is given in [7].
The input bits into the resource segmentation (i.e. the output bits of the HARQ second rate
matching stage) are denoted bydata N www ,,, 21 K .
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 111/131
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 112/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 38/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
In analogy with the Rel. 6 block interleaver for HS-DSCH, the PUSCH block interleaver usesm+1 parallel basic interleavers, where m=0 for QPSK and m=1 for 16QAM. The output bitsfrom the physical channel segmentation are divided two by two between the basicinterleavers and bits are collected two by two from the basic interleavers.
The interleaver structure is exemplified in Figure 13 for 16QAM. With 16QAM, bits up,k andup,k+1 go to the first interleaver, and bits up,k+2 and up,k+3 go to the second interleaver. Bits vp,k and vp,k+1 are obtained from the first interleaver, and bits vp,k+2 and vp,k+3 are obtained from
the second interleaver, where k mod 4=1.
Interleaver(N x M)
up,k up,k+1 vp,k vp,k+1
Interleaver(N x M)up,k+2 up,k+3 vp,k+2 vp,k+3
up,k,up,k+1,...up,k+3
Figure 31: PUSCH interleaver structure for 16QAM.
The basic interleaver (denoted as ALU version v2) has a variable number of rows N and afixed number of columns .34= M
The PUSCH interleaver is designed to have approximately square basic block interleaverstructure with matrix sizes similar to 3GPP Rel. 6 (except for small number of input bits). Thenumber of rows N is computed as described in the previous section.
The maximum number of bits that can be stored in the basic interleaver matrix is given by N M × , i.e. an entry of the basic interleaver matrix corresponds to a single bit of the input
sequence.
The input bits are written into the basic interleaver matrix column by column, as illustrated in
Figure 32. The number of interleaver runs illustrated in Figure 32 corresponds to the numberof segments P.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 113/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 39/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
write
order
read order read order
Number of
first runs: P1
Number of
last runs: P-P1
Number of
runs/segments
1 1 8 35 52 10 27 44 61
2 1 9 36 53 11 28 45 62
3 20 37 54 12 29 46 63
4 2 1 38 55 13 30 47 64
5 2 2 39 56 14 31 48 65
6 2 3 40 57 15 32 49 66
7 2 4 41 58 16 33 50 67
8 2 5 42 59 17 34 51 68
9 26 43 60
1 19 37 54 10 28 46 63
2 20 38 55 11 29 47 64
3 21 39 56 12 30 48 65
4 22 40 57 13 31 49 66
5 23 41 58 14 32 50 67
6 24 42 59 15 33 51 68
7 25 43 60 16 34 52 69
8 26 44 61 17 35 53 70
9 27 45 62 18 36
Number of runs: P
m+1 parallel basic
interleavers
Nfill_min
filling bits
Nfill_min+2
filling bits
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
index
write
order
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
index
Example parameters:- m=1
- P=6 and P1=4- NxM=9x8
- Nfill_min=2
- write order of columns:
<0, 4, 1, 5, 2, 6, 3, 7>
Figure 32: PUSCH block interleaver structure.
Possibly some entries in the basic interleaver matrix are not filled with data bits and insteadfilling bits are inserted. The filling bits are inserted into the last columns of the last row of thebasic interleaver matrix, as illustrated in grey colour in Figure 32. The filling bits have to bepruned during readout. The number of filling bits per basic interleaver is given by
( 2min _ + fill N ) in the first P1 interleaver runs and by min _ fill N in the last P-P1 interleaver runs,
where min _ fill N is defined in the previous section.
The input bits are written into the basic interleaver matrix column by column, where theorder of columns is given by the following sequence of column indices (this is similar to an
inter-column permutation):- <0, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 1, 6, 11, 16, 21, 26, 31, 2, 7, 12, 17, 22, 27, 32, 3, 8, 13, 18,23, 28, 33, 4, 9, 14, 19, 24, 29>.
The columns are always written from top to bottom, i.e. the order of rows is given by thesequence <0, 1, 2, …>. (Note that the column write order <0, 4, 1, 5, 2, 6, 3, 7> isexemplified in Figure 32.
The output of the basic interleaver is the bit sequence read out row by row (i.e. withsequence <0, 1, 2, …>) from the M N × matrix.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 114/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 40/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
18.5.8 Physical Resource Concatenation for PUSCH
This function block simply concatenates the block interleaved segments according to
Pdata U PU N vvvvvvr r r ,2,21,2,12,11,121 ,,,,,,,...,,1
KK=
to obtain a bit sequence of lengthdata N .
18.6 Modulation and Physical Resource Mapping
The output signal of the coding chain is further processed by means of scrambling,constellation re-arrangement for 16QAM, modulation mapping and physical resourcemapping.
18.6.1 UE-Specific Scrambl ing
The scrambling sequence generation uses Gold sequences as agreed during 3GPPRAN1#51bis meeting in Sevilla.
The initialization of the Gold sequences is as agreed during 3GPP RAN1#52 meeting inSorrento (cf. 3GPP R1-081106), but time-variant input variables are avoided to reduce testeffort (i.e. the variable <Subframe_Num> is replaced by <Cell_ID>).
The inputs of the UE-specific scrambling are given by:
- the sequence of bitsdata N r r r ...,, 21 obtained from the PUSCH coding chain,
- the UE identity 16,2,1, ,,,ueueueue x x x X K= ,
- the cell identity 16,2,1, ,,, cellcellcellcell x x x X K= ,
where we use the index 1 to indicate the LSB, and the index 16 to indicate the MSB, inunsigned binary representation.
The UE-specific scrambling is defined by:
,,...,2,1,2mod )( 1 datak k k N k cr r =+=′ −
where the }1,0{∈′k r denote the output bits of the UE-specific scrambling, and the
}1,0{)(1 ∈== − nccc k ndenote a Gold sequence generated by modulo-2 addition of the
output sequences )(1 n x and )(2 n x of two feedback shift registers of length 31,
,1,,0},1,0{)(,2mod ))()(()( 21 −=∈+= data N nncn xn xnc K
and the generator polynomials of the binary sequences )(1 n x and )(2 n x are given by
1331 ++ x x and 12331 ++++ x x x x , respectively. The generation of the Gold sequence isdepicted in Figure 33.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 115/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 41/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
1
x1(n)
x2(n)
c(n)
Init x1:
...
Init x2:
xUE,1
(LSB)... xUE,16
(MSB)
MSB LSB
... 0 xcell,9
(MSB)xcell,1
(LSB)0
0 0
xcell,4...1
(MSB...LSB)
Figure 33: Feedback shift register for UE-specific scrambling.
The 31 entries of the first shift register are initialized according to:
0,1)(1
== nn x (LSB, green in Figure 33),
,300,0)(1 ≤<= nn x (gray in Figure 33).
The second shift register is initialized with
,22 149
UE cellcell X X X +′′+′
where:
- 9,2,1, ,,, cellcellcellcell x x x X K=′ denotes a shortened 9bit cell identifier (blue in Figure 33),
- 4,2,1, ,,,cellcellcellcell x x x X K=′′ denotes a shortened 4bit cell identifier (yellow in Figure
33), and
- 16,2,1, ,,,UE UE UE UE x x x X K= denotes the 16bit UE identifier (red in Figure 33),
where we use the index 1 to indicate the LSB. Note that two positions are initialized withzeros: 0)(2 =n x for 13=n and 30=n (grey in Figure 33).
The outputs of the shift registers ,30),(),( 21 >nn xn x are iteratively obtained according to:
,2mod ))()3(()31( 111 n xn xn x ++=+
.2mod ))()1()2()3(()31( 22222 n xn xn xn xn x ++++++=+
18.6.2 Constellation Re-Arrangement
Constellation re-arrangement for 16QAM is as specified in §4.5.7 of [5] and uses variableparameter }2,1,0{∈b according to Table 41.
For QPSK, the constellation re-arrangement is transparent.
18.6.3 Modulation Mapper
QPSK and 16QAM modulation shall be supported.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 116/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 42/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
The modulation mapper is as specified in §7 of [1].
(Note that for QPSK and 16QAM modulation, the modulation mapping of 3GPP Rel. 8 [1] isidentical to the modulation mapping of 3GPP Rel. 6 (TS25.213).)
18.6.4 Physical Resource Mapping
Resource elements not used (or reserved) for demodulation/sounding reference signals orPUCCH shall be used for transmission of PUSCH.
The physical resource mapping for PUSCH can be called “in frequency first over allallocated resource units”:
- The sequence of modulation symbols is mapped to resource elements withincreasing active subcarrier index k over all resource units allocated for the user,starting in the second SC-FDMA symbol (l=1) of a subframe until all allocatedresource elements in the SC-FDMA symbol are filled.
- The mapping is continued in the next SC-FDMA symbols (l=1,2,4,5,6,0,1,2,4,5,6) of
the subframe also with increasing active subcarrier index.- The SC-FDMA symbol l=0 of the first slot of a subframe is not used for PUSCH
transmission as it carries the sounding reference signal.- The SC-FDMA symbols l=3 in both slots of a subframe are not used for PUSCH
transmission as they carry the demodulation reference signal.
The physical resource mapping for PUSCH is illustrated in the Appendix.
19 UPLINK TIMING
This section clarifies the timing issues related to HARQ (UL), CQI and switching point.
19.1 HARQ Timing
For TDD, the max number of HARQ processes shall be determined by the DL/ULconfiguration. The maximum number of HARQ processes is shown in Table 16 according toR1-081124.
Table 42: Maximum number of UL/DL HARQ processes
Maximum Nb of DL HARQ Processes
ConfigurationSwitch-pointperiodicity
Data transmission inDwPTS
No data transmissionin DwPTS
MaximumNb of UL
HARQprocesses
5 10ms 15 13 1
In Table 16, ‘Data Transmission in DwPTS’ means that PDSCH is transmitted in DwPTS.And it assumes that the data should be re-transmitted in the special subframe (i.e. DwPTS)if the feedback is NACK.
The eNB shall use
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 117/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 43/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
- 1=UL
HARQ N HARQ process for PUSCH, configuration 5;
The number of HARQ processes UL
HARQ N and DL
HARQ N must be configured equally in eNB and
UE.
19.1.1 UL HARQ Timing Relationship
Based on R1-081677, for the scheduled PUSCH transmission in subframe n, a UE shalldetermine the corresponding DL ACK/NACK resource in the subframe n+kDL_ACK, wherekDL_ACK is given in the following table for LTE TDD Demo.
Table 43: kDL_ACK for LTE TDD Demo
TDD UL/DLConfiguration
UL subframe index n
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
5 6
The UL HARQ timing relationship is illustrated in Figure 34 for UL/DL allocationconfiguration 5 case. For UL/DL allocation configuration 5, only one ACK/NACKs can besent to one UE in one subframe, and different DL ACK/NACKs for different UEs occupydifferent resource elements as shown in section 7.5[12].
subframe 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
D S U D D D D D D D D S U D D D D D D D D S U D D D D D D D
PUSCH 0 0 0
DL ACK/NACK 0 0 0
Max DL HARQ Round Trip Tim e = 10ms
Figure 34: Timing relationship for UL HARQ processes (configuration 5)
Maximum UL HARQ round trip time is 10ms (for configuration 5).
19.2 CQI Timing
The measurement interval and timing of a CQI report is illustrated in Figure 35.
sub frame #9 (D)
1 sub frame =1 ms
UE Tx
UE Rx
TA
TP TP
UE processing delay 0.96...0.98ms
sub frame #0 (D) sub frame #1 (S) sub frame #2 (U) sub frame #3 (D)
CQI measurement interval (DL RS)
CQI report (PUCCH)
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 118/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 44/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
Figure 35: Measurement interval and timing of CQI report (configuration 5)
Our working assumptions are as follows:- The CQI measurement interval spans a period of 2ms.- For configuration 5, CQI measured over subframe #9 and subframe #0 is reported in
subframe #2.
19.3 Switching Point
Switching point is very important in LTE TDD to switch RF from/to ON to/from OFF. It usesuplink time advance correction in PDCCH (section 7.3 [12]) to let UE transmit UL in advance(i.e. TA) as shown in Figure 36.
•0 •2 •3 •4•NB
•UE •0 •2 •3 •4
Tp TUD
PUSCH/PUCCH
•1
TA=2Tp+TUD
•1
Tp
•D •S •U •D •D
TDU
DwPTS UpPTSGP
PUSCH/PUCCH
Tp
Figure 36: LTE TDD UL-DL timing in air interface
For initial UL transmissing, the initial transmission timing should be configurable in UE (noRACH procedure in S0), max TA = 120us (the round trip delay and T UD for eNB uplink todownlink switch gap should both be considered for configuration). For later UL transmissing,the UE should correct the transmission timing advance based on uplink time advancecorrection in PDCCH (section 7.3 [12]). For pre-delivery:[Fixed but configurable TA in the UE.
Even if the eNodeB send TA to the UE, the UE will ignore it. TA messages can appear onPDCCH.][16]
The value of eNB uplink to downlink switch gap TUD is 920 Ts ( about 30 us) fixed[16].
20 RANDOM ACCESS PREAMBLE
Random access process is not supported at LTE TDD demo S0, and this chapter isreserved for LTE TDD demo Step 1.
A random access preamble is transmitted by the UE within a random access burst.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 119/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 45/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
A random access preamble is not transmitted simultaneously with any other physicalchannel or signal.
20.1 Physical Layer Parameters
The major physical layer parameters of the random access burst are summarised in Table
44. Table 44: Physical layer parameters of random access burst(Preamble format 0).
Parameter Valuein 10MHz BW
Valuein 20MHz BW
Comment
Transmission bandwidth 1.08MHz 1.08MHz 6 RUsSubcarrier spacing 1.25kHz 1.25kHz 12x reduction versus subcarrier
spacing of PUSCHSubcarrier frequencyoffset
7.5kHz 7.5kHz DC subcarrier shifted to 7.5kHz
Number of subcarriersallocated for random
access burst
864 864 6 RUs x 144 subcarriers/RU
Number of subcarriersoccupied with randomaccess preamble
839 839 Length of Zadoff-Chu sequence(prime number)
Sampling frequency 15.36MHz 30.72MHzIDFT size (Tx side) 12288 samples 24576 samples Corresponds to 800us preamble
lengthBurst length 1ms 1ms
20.2 Time and Frequency Structure
At the LTE TDD prototype stage , only preamble format 0 is supported.
The physical layer random access preamble consists of a cyclic prefix of length TCP, asequence part of length TSEQ in the time domain.
Figure 37: Time structure of random access burst.
The time domain parameter values of the random access burst (preamble format 0) aresummarized inTable 45.
Table 45: Time domain parameters of random access burst.
TCP TSEQ Preambleformat
Parameters
in Ts in us in Ts in us
Cyclic Preamble
time
TCP TSEQ
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 120/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 46/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
Duration 3168 103 24576 800
#samples N in10MHz
1576 122880
#samples N in20MHz
3152 24576
In the frequency domain, the random access burst occupies 6 resource blocks (1.08MHz).For preamble format 0, it is corresponding to 864 sub-carriers with spacing 1.25kHz per sub-carrier.
20.3 Preamble Sequence Generation
The random access preambles are generated from Zadoff-Chu sequences. To givenphysical root sequence index u, the root Zadoff-Chu sequence is defined by
( ) 10, ZC
)1(
ZC −≤≤=
+−
N nen xN
nun
j
u
π
where NZC denotes the length of Zadoff-Chu sequence.NZC = 839 preamble format 0
From the thu root Zadoff-Chu sequence, random access preambles with zero correlation
zone are defined by cyclic shifts of multiples of CS N according to
)mod )(()( ZCCS, N vN n xn x uvu += .
The parameter CS N shall be configurable in UE and eNB as summarized in Table 46(defaultindex 0). This is to allow for a flexible trade-off between the maximum number of users andthe maximum cell radius.
Table 46: Relation between shift parameterCS N , number of users and cell radius(preamble
format 0).
IndexCS N Max. #users ( v N ) Cell radius (km)
0 52 16 6.51 69 12 8.82 104 8 13.7
The number of preambles created from the thu root Zadoff-Chu sequence is given by
⎣ ⎦CS ZC v N N N /= preambles 1,,1,0),(, −= vvu N vn x K . Note that the parameterv N is
equal to the maximum number of users that can be supported in the trial network, under theassumption that only a single root Zadoff-Chu sequence is allocated per cell.
The maximum cell radius is approximated according to ,2/*)864/( cT N SEQcs τ − where
810*3=c m/s denotes the velocity of light, and 5=τ us denotes a delay spread typical forurban areas, and TSEQ = 800us.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 121/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 47/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
20.4 Baseband Signal Generation
For the random access burst, the baseband signal generation is as in §5.7.3 of [1], and thetransmitter structure is depicted in Figure 38 (modified from 3GPP R1-062630).
CPInsertion
DFTSub-carrier
Mapping
Size: NZC Size: NPRE
Rate: Rs
Preamble
IDFT
Rate: f s
P/S
Size: NPRE +NCP
CP
Figure 38: Transmitter structure for random access burst.
The preamble )(, n x vu is fed through a DFT of size 839ZC = N to obtain a sequence of
length 839ZC = N in the frequency domain according to
.)()(1
0
2
,, ∑−
=
−
= ZC
ZC
N
n
N
kn j
vuvu en xk X
π
The sequence )(, k X vuof length 839ZC = N is mapped in the frequency domain to
839ZC = N consecutive subcarriers.
We further define a sequence )(, k X vu′ mapped to 864a = N consecutive subcarriers. The
sequence )(, k X vu′ is obtained from the sequence )(, k X vu
of length 839ZC = N by adding
25839864 =− zero subcarriers. These 25 zero subcarriers are distributed symmetrically
around the 839ZC = N non-zero subcarriers, with the first 12=ϕ subcarriers and the last
131=+ subcarriers set to zero. The position of the sequence )(, k X vu′ in the frequency
domain is aligned with the RU grid.
The sequence )(, k X vu′ of length 864a = N is transformed into the time domain with an
IDFT of sizeSEQsSEQ T f N ×= samples ( 24576/12288=SEQ N in 10/20MHz BW), where
aSEQ N N − input samples are set to zero ands f denotes the system sampling rate
( 72.30/36.15=s f MHz in 10/20MHz BW case). Values of SEQ N are summarized in Table 45
(inSEQT column).
The frequency domain mapping of the random access preamble is illustrated in Figure 39for 10MHz BW case.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 122/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 48/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
k RA=2
a c t i v e s u b c a r r i e r i n d e x
k ( 0 …
5 9 9 i n 1 0 M H z B W )
. . .
0
1 2
1 1
2 3
. . .
. . .
2 4
3 6
3 5
4 7
. . .
. . .
4 8
6 0
7 1
…
…
7 2
8 3
Resource unit #1
Resource unit #2
Resource unit #3
Resource unit #4
Resource unit #5
Resource unit #6
phi=12 Zeros
phi+1=13 Zeros
I D F T i n d e x ( 0 …
1 2 2 8 7
i n 1 0 M H z B W
c a s e )
:
2687
2688
:
2831
2832…2843
2844
2845
2846
:
:
2544
Resource unit #7 …
8 4
9 5
3681
3682
3683...3695
R a n d o m a c c e s s b u r s t ( 8 6
4 s a m p l e s )
R a n d o m a c c e s s p r e a m b l e ( 8 3 9 s a m p l e s )
144 Zeros
Xu,v(0)
Xu,v(1)
Xu,v(2)
Xu,v(838)
Xu,v(837)
5 8 8
5 9 9
…
9600
9743
Resource unit #8 …
9 6
1 0 7
144 Zeros
:
3839
3696
212 Zeros 12x212=2544 Zeros
9744
12287
:
2543
0
Resource unit #0 144 Zeros
12x212=2544 Zeros212 Zeros
Resource unit #49 144 Zeros
Figure 39: Frequency-domain mapping of random access preamble.
The cyclic prefix is inserted in the time domain as in [1] to obtain a signal of size CPSEQ N N +
samples, where the values of CP N are summarized in Table 45 (in CP N column). As the
frequency shifts for the random access preamble are integer multiples of the 1.25kHzsubcarrier spacing, the cyclic prefix can simply be copy-pasted, as illustrated in Figure 38.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 123/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 49/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
20.5 Resource Allocation
20.5.1 Time-Frequency Allocation
The allocation of the random access burst in the UL time-frequency grid as seen by eNodeBis defined as follows.
In the time-domain:
- A random access burst is allocated periodically, with period × RAP 10ms, where
}8,4,2,1,0{∈ RAP shall be configurable, and 0= RAP indicates that no random access
burst is configured. Equal random access period is configured in all cells of the trialnetwork (80ms default period).
- A random access burst is positioned in frames satisfying 0mod = RAPSFN , where
SFN denotes the System Frame Number. The SFN is incremented with each frame. The SFN is further periodically transmitted in PDCCH in DL in the first subframe of the respective frame (40ms default period).
- A random access burst is always located in subframe #2, for TDD configuration 0
and configuration 5 with preamble format 0.-
In the frequency-domain:- A random access burst is positioned within the bandwidth available for PUSCH. A
random access burst does not interfere with the PUCCH at the band edges.- A random access burst is aligned with the RU grid, i.e. a random access burst
occupies 6 consecutive RUs.- A random access burst is defined in the frequency domain by the smallest RU index
RAk , i.e. the random access burst with RU index RAk occupies the RUs
)5(#,),1(#,# ++ RA RA RA k k k K . Note that 2= RAk is exemplified in Figure 39.
- In each cell of the trial network, no more than a single random access burst (6 RUs)is allocated per subframe.
- Burst-by-burst frequency hopping between the PUSCH band edges shall beconfigurable to improve the detection performance of the random access burst.
If the frequency hopping option is deactivated, the frequency domain position of the random
access burst is characterized by 2= RAk .
Frequency hopping option is not supported in the LTE TDD prototype stage.
Note that the time-frequency allocation of the random access burst is identical in all cells,and no more than one random access burst can be defined per frame.
20.5.2 Sequence Allocation
Each cell is assigned a unique Zadoff-Chu root =u cell ID+1, where cell ID = 0 [9].
Each UE is assigned a unique Zadoff-Chu shift value =v UE ID, where UE ID = 0…1.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 124/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 50/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
Note: the maximum number of users that can be supported in the trial network can inprinciple be increased by increasing the number of root Zadoff-Chu sequences allocated percell, at the expense of additional computational complexity in the eNB receiver.
20.6 Random Access Procedures
Random access procedure is applied to:y Initial access from RRC_IDLE or after radio link failurey Handovery Sync/unsync state change in RRC_Connected state
The UE shall start to transmit a random access burst with a zero time advance with respectto the start of the DL subframe which defines the time-position of the random access burst.
To avoid contention, the UE with ID )1,0(# =ii shall use the random access preamble
)(, n x vu, where:
- the Zadoff-Chu root u = cell ID+1 is given by the ID of the cell with which the UE hasestablished the downlink synchronisation,
- the Zadoff-Chu shift iv = is tied to the UE ID.
After a first transmission of a random access burst by the UE, the UE shall periodically
transmit the random access burst with period × RAP 10ms, until:
- the UE receives at least one UL time adjust message followed by an UL/DLscheduling grant on PDCCH,
- or a timer in the UE elapses. This timer is denoted as the random access discardtimer (default value 500ms from transmission of first random access preamble bythe UE).
Note that upon reception of a random access burst from a UE, the eNB shall first send atleast one UL time advance correction message to the UE, before sending an UL/DLscheduling grant to the UE.
Note that the UE shall continue to periodically transmit the random access preamble, also if the UE receives an UL time adjust message on PDCCH, and the UE shall adapt the timingof the random access preamble as indicated in the received UL time adjust message, so asto enable the eNB to correct the UL timing. An UL time adjust message followed by anUL/DL scheduling grant then indicates to the UE that the UL synchronisation is completed.
20.7 Random access burst power control
The power allocation of the random access burst is controlled by two parameters:
- Initial power value RAPtx to be used by UE for the first transmission of a random
access burst,
- Power step size }6,4,2,0{∈Δ RAPtx in dB units by which transmission power shall be
increased by UE for each repeated transmission of the random access preamble.
The initial power value shall be set by the UE according to
, _ _ dBPathLossdBmPtxPtx RA RA×+=
α
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 125/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 51/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
where:
- }90,,118,120{ _ −−−∈ K RAdBmPtx is an absolute power value in dBm.
- }0.1,,2.0,1.0,0.0{ K∈α is set via configuration (default value 1.0).
- dBPathLoss _ is the time-averaged path loss in dB, measured by the UE based on
the reference signal transmitted from either eNB antenna port #0 or #1, dependingon which eNB antenna port is configured in the UE (default 100ms measurementinterval).
The parameters RAPtxΔ , RAdBmPtx _ and α shall be configurable in the UE. Thetransmission power settings for the random access burst comply with agreements of 3GPPRAN1#52 (Sorrento) meeting.
Interference between scheduled transmission on PUSCH and transmission of the randomaccess burst within the same cell shall be avoided by the UE:
- The UE is aware of the time-frequency positions of the random access bursts.- After receiving an UL scheduling grant or a DL NACK, the UE shall detect whether
the RUs assigned to carry PUSCH overlap with the RUs allocated in the samesubframe to carry random access bursts.
- If such an overlap (by at least one RU) is detected, the UE shall not transmit PUSCH
in this subframe.In case of a discarded retransmission, the retransmission sequence number RSN shall beincremented as usual.
Further, interference between sounding reference symbols and transmission of the randomaccess burst within the same cell shall be avoided by the UE:
- The UE is aware of the time-frequency positions of the random access bursts.- The UE is further aware of the time-frequency positions configured for transmission
of the sounding reference signal.- For each subframe, the UE shall detect whether there is overlap between time-
frequency resources configured for random access bursts and sounding referencesignals.
- If such an overlap is detected in a subframe, the UE shall truncate the soundingreference signal in the frequency domain, and transmit the sounding reference signalonly on the subcarriers not allocated by the random access burst.
20.8 Random access timing
Below is the timing diagrams with TDD configuration 5/0 and preamble format 0.
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 126/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 52/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
Figure 40: Random access timing for TDD configuration 5 and preamble format 0
CP
preamble
CP
preamble
eNB Rx
eNB Tx
process delay
UE Tx
UE Rx
TA
TA
Sch. grant
Sch. grant
timing adj.
sub-frame 0
D
sub-frame 1
S
sub-frame 2
U
sub-frame 3
U
sub-frame 4
U
sub-frame 5
D
sub-frame 6
S
sub-frame 7
U
eNB Rx
UE Tx
Tp
CP Preamble
CP Preamble
TpeNB Tx
UE Tx
Tp
Tp
UERx
eNB Rx
TA=2Tp+Tud
sub-frame 8
U
sub-frame 9
U
sub-frame 0
D
radio frame #i radio frame #i+1
Figure 41: Random access timing for TDD configuration 0 and preamble format 0
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 127/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 53/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
21 GLOSSARY
Acronym Defini tion
BW Bandwidth
CDM Code Division Multiplexing
CQI Channel Quality Indicator
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DFT Discrete Fourier Transform
DL Downlink
DwPTS Downlink Pilot Time Slot
eNB Enhanced Node B
FFT Fast Fourier Transform
HARQ Hybrid ARQ
IFFT Inverse Fast Fourier Transform
MAC Medium Access ControlMIMO Multiple Input Multiple Output
MU Multi User
PDCCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
PDSCH Physical Downlink Shared Channel
PUCCH Physical Uplink Control Channel
PUSCH Physical Uplink Shared Channel
RB Resource Block
RSN Retransmission Sequence Number
RU Resource Unit
SIMO Single Input Multiple Output
SISO Single Input Single Output
TTI Transmission Time Interval
UE User Equipment
UL Uplink
UpPTS Uplink Pilot Time Slot
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 128/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 54/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
22 APPENDIX – RESOURCE MAPPING EXAMPLE
The figure below illustrates the time-frequency structure of the LTE uplink and exemplifiesthe physical resource mapping in 10MHz BW.
It is assumed that eNB is connected to two users denoted UE #0 and #1.
Demodulation reference symbols transmitted by UE #0 (#1) are shown in orange (red)colour. In slots carrying PUSCH, these resource elements are filled by the respective userwith the reference sequence symbols )(k R , where k denotes the active subcarrier index, in
SC-FDMA symbol l=3 of a slot.
The resource units #0-#1 (#48-#49) at the lower (upper) edge of the band are used forPUCCH (light blue colours) and the respective resource blocks contain the following SC-FDMA symbols with demodulation reference signals (yellow colours):
- three SC-FDMA symbols (l=2,3,4) in UL ACK/NACK case,- two SC-FDMA symbols (l=1 and l=5) in CQI case.
The first SC-FDMA symbol of a subframe (l=0) is used for sounding reference signals overthe bandwidth available for PUSCH transmission, i.e. over the 46 resource units numbered#2-#47. The physical resource mapping for the sounding reference signal is indicated by therunning index of the sequences s (pink colours), and two sounding channel elements witheven/odd-numbered subcarrier indices are distinguished. A UE can allocate a singlesounding channel element in a subframe.
In this example, PUSCH is transmitted simultaneously to 2 Ues in the same subframe,where UE #0 allocates the resource units #2-#24 (blue colour), and UE #1 allocates theresource units #26-#47 (green colour).
In this example, resource unit #25not used for PUSCH transmission and zeros are filled intoresource elements not carrying reference symbols (grey colour).
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 129/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 55/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
R296
S0
S0
S1
S1
S2
S2
S3
S3
S4
S4
S5
S5
S132
S133
S133
S134
S134
S135
S135
S136
S136
S137
S137
S138
S138
S139
S139
S140
S140
S141
S141
S142
S142
S143
S143
S144
S144
S145
S145
S146
S146
S147
S147
S148
S148
S149
S149
S270
S270
S271
S271
S272
S272
S273
S273
S274
S274
S275
S275
i n d e x k
: „ F r e q u e n c y “ ( 6 0
0 s u b - c a r r i e r s )
s u b - c a r r i e r n u m b e r ( s t a r t c o u n t i n g f r o m
z e r o
1 sub f rame =1 ms
1 slot =0.5 ms (even) 1 slot =0.5 ms (odd)
UE #1 demodulation reference symbols
dummies: unused demodulation RS symbols
UE #1 data symbols
placeholders for CQI on PUCCH
UE #0 data symbols
index l : „Time“ (2 x 7 OFDM symbols)
ak,l 431 4 30 160 52 5 2 6
2 5
2 4
2 7
2 6
2 9
2 8
3 1
3 0
3 3
3 2
3 5
3 4
2 8 9
2 8 8
2 9 1
2 9 0
2 9 3
2 9 2
2 9 5
2 9 4
2 9 7
2 9 6
2 9 9
2 9 8
3 0 1
3 0 0
3 0 3
3 0 2
3 0 5
3 0 4
3 0 7
3 0 6
3 0 9
3 0 8
3 1 1
3 1 0
3 1 3
3 1 2
3 1 5
3 1 4
3 1 7
3 1 6
3 1 9
3 1 8
3 2 1
3 2 0
3 2 3
3 2 2
5 6 4
5 9 9
5 9 8
R e s o u r c e U n i t 2
R e s o u r c e U n i t 2 4
R e s o u r c e U n i t 2 5
R e s o u r c e U
n i t 2 6
R e s o u r c e U n i t 4 7
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
521
532
533
534
535
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
d910
d1054
R323
R321
R320
R319
R318
R315
R314
R313
R312
d910
R575
R574
R573
R572
R571
R570
R569
R568
R567
R566
R565
R564
R35
R34
R33
R32
R31
R30
R29
R28
R27
R26
R25
R24
R298
R297
R295
R294
R293
R292
R291
R290
R289
UE #0 demodulation reference symbols
1
2 2
2 3
235
234
212 0
213
R e s o u r c e U n i t s 0 - 1
R e s o u r c e U n i t s 4 8 - 4
9811
810
788
789
5 7 5 5 7 6
5 7 7
R35
R34
R33
R32
R31
R30
R29
R28
R27
R26
R25
R24
R323
R322
R321
R320
R319
R318
R317
R315
R314
R313
R312
R575
R574
R573
R572
R571
R570
R569
R568
R567
R566
R565
R564
d910
d910
d1054
placeholders for ACK/NACK on PUCCH
demodulation RS symbols for CQI on PUCCH
sounding channel element #0
demodulation RS symbols for ACK/NACK on PUCCH
dummy symbols =zeros (unused RUs)
sounding channel element #1
5 6 5
S132
R288
R299
R316
R317
R322
R298
R297
R296
R295
R294
R293
R292
R291
R290
R289
R288
R299
R316
5 7 4
5 7 3
5 7 0 5 7 1
5 7 2
5 6 9
5 6 8
5 6 7
5 6 6
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 130/131
LTE TDD Demo Uplink Specification S0
ED 01 Release
MAD28.07.2008
3BK 11251 0313 DSZZA 56/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
7/30/2019 LTE TDd Radio Interface
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/lte-tdd-radio-interface 131/131
A l l r i g h t s r e s e r v e d . P a s s i n g o n a n d c o p
y i n g o f t h i s
d o c u m e n t , u s e a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f
i s t c o n t e n t s
n o
t p e r m i t t e d w i t h o u t w r i t t e n a u t h o r i z a t i o n f r o m A
l c a t e l .
END OF DOCUMENT